Ford 2022 EXPLORER Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual for Ford models including: 2022 EXPLORER

Unknown

FORD EXPLORER Owner's Manual - blownfuse.co

blownfuse.co › wp-content › uploadsFORD EXPLORER Owner's Manual - blownfuse.co

File Info : application/pdf, 413 Pages, 6.36MB

2022-Ford-Explorer-PHEV-Owners-Manual-version-1 om EN-US 09 2021

FORD EXPLORER Owner's Manual

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2021
All rights reserved.
Part Number: CG3914en 202107 20210722193815

Table of Contents

Introduction
Acknowledgments ...........................................7 About This Manual ..........................................7 Symbols Glossary ............................................7 REACH .................................................................9 Replacement Parts Recommendation
.............................................................................9 Mobile Communications Equipment
...........................................................................1 0
Data Privacy
Data Privacy ......................................................11 Service Data .....................................................12 Event Data .........................................................12 Settings Data ...................................................13 Connected Vehicle Data ..............................13 Mobile Device Data ........................................13 Emergency Call System Data ....................14
Environment
Protecting the Environment .......................15
At a Glance
Instrument Panel ...........................................16
Child Safety
Installing Child Restraints ...........................18 Child Restraint Positioning ........................23 Child Safety Locks .........................................27
Seatbelts
Fastening the Seatbelts .............................28 Seatbelt Height Adjustment .....................29 Seatbelt Reminder .......................................30
Personal Safety SystemTM
Personal Safety SystemTM ..........................31

Supplementary Restraints System
Principle of Operation ..................................32 Driver Airbag ....................................................32 Passenger Airbag ...........................................33 Front Passenger Sensing System ...........33 Side Airbags ....................................................35 Passenger Knee Airbag ...............................36 Safety CanopyTM ...........................................36
Pedestrian Protection
Pedestrian Alert System ............................39
eCall
What Is eCall ..................................................40 How Does eCall Work .................................40 Emergency Call Requirements ................40 Emergency Call Limitations ......................40 Manually Making an Emergency Call
..........................................................................40 Emergency Call Indicators ..........................41 Changing the Backup Battery ..................42 eCall Troubleshooting .............................42
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio Frequencies .................................................43
Remote Control .............................................43 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
..........................................................................4 6
MyKeyTM
Principle of Operation ..................................47 Creating a MyKey ..........................................48 Clearing All MyKeys ......................................49 Checking MyKey System Status .............49 Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems ........................................................50 MyKey Troubleshooting ..........................50

1
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Table of Contents

Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking ................................52
Liftgate
Power Liftgate ................................................56
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System .......................60 Anti-Theft Alarm ..........................................60
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ...................62 Audio Control ..................................................63 Voice Control ..................................................63 Cruise Control .................................................63 Information Display Control .....................64 Heated Steering Wheel ..............................64
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers .......................................65 Autowipers ......................................................65 Windshield Washers ....................................66 Rear Window Wiper and Washers ..........67
Lighting
General Information ....................................68 Lighting Control .............................................68 Autolamps .......................................................69 Instrument Lighting Dimmer ....................69 Headlamp Exit Delay ...................................69 Daytime Running Lamps ............................70 Front Fog Lamps ...........................................70 Rear Fog Lamps .............................................70 Headlamp Leveling ......................................70 Direction Indicators ........................................71 Interior Lamps ..................................................71 Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 8 Inch
Center Display Screen ..............................72 Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 10.1
Inch Center Display Screen ....................72

Automatic High Beam Control
What Is Automatic High Beam Control ...........................................................................74
Switching Automatic High Beam Control On and Off ...................................................74
Automatic High Beam Control Indicators ...........................................................................75
Overriding Automatic High Beam Control ...........................................................................75
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows .............................................76 Global Opening ...............................................77 Exterior Mirrors ................................................77 Interior Mirror ...................................................78 Sun Visors ........................................................79 Sun Shades .....................................................79 Moonroof .........................................................80
Instrument Cluster
Gauges ..............................................................82 Warning Lamps and Indicators ...............84 Audible Warnings and Indicators ............88
Information Displays
General Information ....................................89 Personalized Settings ...................................91 Information Messages ................................94
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control .......................112 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
..........................................................................114 Rear Passenger Climate Controls ...........115 Heated Windshield ......................................116 Heated Rear Window ..................................117 Heated Exterior Mirrors ...............................117

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Table of Contents

Interior Air Quality
What Is the Cabin Air Filter .......................118 Replacing the Cabin Air Filter ...................118
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position ..................119 Head Restraints ............................................119 Power Seats ....................................................121 Memory Function ........................................124 Rear Seats ......................................................125 Heated Seats .................................................129 Ventilated Seats ..........................................130
Rear Occupant Alert System
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System ..........................................................................131
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System Work ..............................................131
Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions ..........................................................................131
Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations ..........................................................................131
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On and Off ...................................................131
Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators .........................................................................132
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible Warnings .....................................................132
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points ...............................133 Wireless Accessory Charger ....................134
Storage Compartments
Cup Holders ....................................................137 Overhead Console .......................................137
Starting and Stopping the Engine
General Information ...................................138

Keyless Starting ...........................................138 Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle System
.........................................................................139
Unique Driving Characteristics
Hybrid Vehicle Operation ..........................142 Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation ..........143 Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions ...................................................146
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions ......................................147 Fuel Quality ....................................................147 Fuel Filler Funnel Location .......................148 Running Out of Fuel ...................................148 Refueling .........................................................149 Fuel Consumption .......................................152
Engine Emission Control
Catalytic Converter .....................................153
High Voltage Battery
General Information ...................................154 Charging the High Voltage Battery .......154 Energy Consumption Figures ..................164 Energy Consumption Figures ..................165
Transmission
Automatic Transmission ..........................166
Four-Wheel Drive
Principle of Operation .................................171 Using Four-Wheel Drive ..............................171
Brakes
General Information ....................................177 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
.........................................................................178 Electric Parking Brake ................................178

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Table of Contents

Hill Start Assist ............................................180 Auto Hold .........................................................181
Reverse Braking Assist
What Is Reverse Braking Assist ..............183 Reverse Braking Assist Precautions ......183 Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and
Off .................................................................184 Overriding Reverse Braking Assist ........184 Reverse Braking Assist Indicators .........184 Reverse Braking Assist
Troubleshooting ......................................185
Traction Control
Principle of Operation ................................187 Using Traction Control ...............................187
Stability Control
Principle of Operation ...............................188 Using Stability Control ..............................189
Hill Descent Control
What Is Hill Descent Control ..................190 Switching Hill Descent Control On and
Off .................................................................190 Setting the Hill Descent Speed .............190 Hill Descent Control Indicator .................191
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation ................................192 Rear Parking Aid ...........................................192 Front Parking Aid .........................................194 Side Sensing System .................................196 Active Park Assist ........................................197 360 Degree Camera .................................200
Adaptive Cruise Control
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With Stop and Go Work ..................................203
What Is Adaptive Cruise Control With Lane Centering ........................................203

What Is Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control ........................................................203
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions Vehicles With: Lane Centering ..........203
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions Vehicles With: Stop and Go ...............203
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations Vehicles With: Lane Centering ..........204
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations Vehicles With: Stop and Go ...............205
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and Off ........................................................207
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Speed ..........................................................207
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Gap .......................................................................2 0 8
Canceling the Set Speed ........................209
Resuming the Set Speed ........................209
Overriding the Set Speed ........................209
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators Vehicles With: Lane Centering ...........210
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators Vehicles With: Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control ...........................................210
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators Vehicles With: Stop and Go ................210
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control to Cruise Control .......................................211
Switching Lane Centering On and Off ..........................................................................211
Switching Intelligent Mode On and Off .........................................................................212
Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance .......212
Adaptive Cruise Control Troubleshooting .......................................213
Driving Aids
Speed Limiter ................................................216
Driver Alert .....................................................218
Lane Keeping System ................................219
Blind Spot Information System .............223
Cross Traffic Alert ........................................227
Traffic Sign Recognition ...........................230

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Table of Contents

Steering ...........................................................232 Pre-Collision Assist ....................................233
Drive Mode Control
What Is Drive Mode Control ....................237 How Does Drive Mode Control Work
.........................................................................237 Selecting a Drive Mode .............................237 Selecting a Drive Mode - Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ........................237 Drive Modes ..................................................238
Load Carrying
General Information ..................................240 Rear Under Floor Storage ........................240 Cargo Nets ......................................................241 Luggage Covers ............................................241 Roof Racks and Load Carriers ................242 Dog Guard .....................................................243
Towing
Towing a Trailer ...........................................244 Trailer Sway Control ..................................245 Tow Ball ..........................................................245 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels ......247
Driving Hints
Reduced Engine Performance ..............248 Cold Weather Precautions ......................248 Breaking-In ....................................................248 Driving Economically ................................248 Driving Through Shallow Water ............249 Floor Mats .....................................................249
Roadside Emergencies
Hazard Flashers ............................................251 Fuel Shutoff ...................................................251 Jump Starting the Vehicle ........................251 Collision, Damage or Fire Event ............254 Post-Crash Alert System .........................255

Transporting the Vehicle ..........................255 Towing Points ..............................................256
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart .........................258 Changing a Fuse .........................................266
Maintenance
General Information ..................................268 Opening and Closing the Hood .............268 Under Hood Overview ..............................269 Engine Oil Dipstick .....................................270 Engine Oil Check .........................................270 Oil Change Indicator Reset .......................271 Changing the Engine Air Filter .................271 Engine Coolant Check ...............................272 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check
........................................................................276 Brake Fluid Check ........................................277 Changing the 12V Battery ........................278 Adjusting the Headlamps .......................280 Washer Fluid Check ...................................280 Fuel Filter .......................................................280 Checking the Wiper Blades ....................280 Changing the Front Wiper Blades .........281 Changing the Rear Wiper Blades ...........281 Changing a Bulb ...........................................281
Vehicle Care
Cleaning the Exterior .................................284 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades
........................................................................285 Cleaning the Interior ..................................285 Cleaning Leather Seats ............................287 Repairing Minor Paint Damage .............288 Cleaning the Wheels .................................288 Body Styling Kits ........................................288
Wheels and Tires
General Information ..................................289

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Table of Contents

Tire Care .........................................................289 Using Summer Tires ..................................297 Using Winter Tires ......................................298 Using Snow Chains ....................................298 Tire Pressure Monitoring System .........300 Changing a Road Wheel ..........................304 Technical Specifications ............................311
Capacities and Specifications
Vehicle Dimensions .....................................313 Towbar Dimensions ....................................314 Vehicle Identification Plate ......................315 Vehicle Identification Number ................316 Capacities and Specifications ................316 Bulb Specification Chart .........................320 Fuel Consumption Figures .......................321 Fuel Consumption Figures - 3.0L, Plug-In
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) ..........321
Connected Vehicle
What Is a Connected Vehicle .................322 Connected Vehicle Requirements ........322 Connected Vehicle Limitations ..............322 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network ......................................................322 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ......322 Connected Vehicle Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: Modem ..........................323 Connected Vehicle Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ..........................324
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot .........326 Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Name or Password ................................326
Audio System
General Information ...................................327 Audio Unit ......................................................327

Digital Radio .................................................328 USB Port ........................................................329
SYNCTM 3
General Information ...................................331 Using Voice Recognition ..........................333 Entertainment .............................................339 Climate ............................................................341 Phone ..............................................................344 Navigation .....................................................346 Electric Vehicle Information ...................350 Apps ................................................................354 Settings ..........................................................356 SYNCTM 3 Troubleshooting .....................357
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility .............367 eCall User Information .............................370 End User License Agreement .................373 Declaration of Conformity ......................399

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Introduction

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Your vehicle could have components that use open source software. For additional information, visit http:// corporate.ford.com/ford-open-source.html.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.

Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations.

E154903
A B

Right-hand side. Left-hand side.

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.
Safety alert.
E65963
See the Owner's Manual.

Air conditioning system.
E162384
Anti-lock braking system.

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Introduction

Battery.
Battery acid.
Brake fluid level.
Brake system.
Brake failure.
Cabin air filter.
E139223
Check fuel cap.
Child safety door lock.
Child safety door unlock.
Child seat lower anchor.
Child seat tether anchor.
E141128
Cruise control.
Do not open when hot.
Electronic power steering malfunction. Engine air filter.

Engine coolant.

Engine coolant temperature.

Engine oil.

Explosive gas.

Fan warning.

E71880 E67017

Fasten seatbelt. Front airbag. Front fog lamps.

Fuel pump reset.

Fuse compartment.

Hazard warning flashers.

Heated rear window.

Heated windshield.

Interior luggage compartment release.
Jack.

8
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Introduction

E161353

Keep out of reach of children. Lighting control.

Low tire pressure warning.

Maintain correct fluid level.

Panic alarm. Parking aid. Parking brake.

Power steering fluid.
Power windows.
Power window lockout.
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Service engine soon.
Side airbag.

Shield the eyes.

E167012
E138639

Stability control.

Windshield wash and wipe.
REACH
We are committed to promoting the responsible manufacturing, handling and use of our products and support the underlying goals of REACH, a European Union regulation that concerns the registration, evaluation, authorisation and restriction of chemicals.
We specifically support Regulation EC 1907/2006 Article 33(1) that relates to substances of very high concern which appear on the current list for authorisation.
If these substances do exist in a product, it is important to guarantee their safe use so the regulation is designed to enable you to take any appropriate risk management measures.
To find out more about the REACH directive, search REACH on the local Ford website.
Note: To find the local Ford website, visit https://corporate.ford.com/operations/ locations/global-links.html.
REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging.

9
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Introduction

Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner's Manual. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others' safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios.

10
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Data Privacy

WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.
We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting it. The information contained in this manual was correct at the time of publication, but as technology rapidly changes, we recommend that you visit the local Ford website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units that have data recording functionality and the ability to permanently or temporarily store data. This data could include information on the condition and status of your vehicle, vehicle maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions. The types of data that can be recorded are described in this section. Some of the data recorded is stored in event logs or error logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service or repair.
Note: We may provide information in response to requests from law enforcement, other government authorities and third parties acting with lawful authority or through a legal process. Such information could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
· Operating states of system components, for example fuel level, tire pressure and battery charge level.
· Vehicle and component status, for example wheel speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration and seatbelt status.

· Events or errors in essential systems, for example headlamps and brakes.
· System responses to driving situations, for example airbag deployment and stability control.
· Environmental conditions, for example temperature.
Some of this data, when used in combination with other information, for example an accident report, damage to a vehicle or eyewitness statements, could be associated with a specific person.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use data, for example account information, vehicle location and driving characteristics, that could identify you. We transmit this data through a dedicated, protected connection. We only collect and use data to enable your use of our services to which you have subscribed, with your consent or where permitted by law. For additional information, see the terms and conditions of the services to which you have subscribed.
For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website.
Services That Third Parties Provide
We recommend that you review the terms and conditions and data privacy information for any services equipped with your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We take no responsibility for services that third parties provide.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Data Privacy

SERVICE DATA
Our dealers collect service data through the data link connector in your vehicle. They use service data, for example error logs, to help them if you take your vehicle for repair. They share this data with our technical team, if required, to help with diagnosis. In addition to using the information for diagnosis and repair, we use and share service data with our service providers, for example parts suppliers, where required and where permitted by law, for continuous improvement or with other information that we have about you, for example your contact information, to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law. Our service providers are equally required by law to protect your data and retain it in accordance with data retention policies.
Note: Third party repair facilities can also collect service data through the data link connector.
EVENT DATA
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating.
· Whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled/fastened.
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal.
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.
· Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (for example name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder.

12
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Data Privacy

SETTINGS DATA
Your vehicle has electronic control units that have the ability to store data based on your personalized settings. The data is stored locally in the vehicle or on devices that you connect to it, for example, a USB drive or digital music player. You can delete some of this data and also choose whether to share it through the services to which you subscribe. See Settings (page 356).
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
· Seat and steering wheel position.
· Climate control settings.
· Radio presets.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
· Music, videos or album art.
· Contacts and corresponding address book entries.
· Navigation destinations.
CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA
The modem has a SIM. The modem was enabled when your vehicle was built and periodically sends messages to stay connected to the cell phone network, receive automatic software updates and send vehicle-related information to us, for example diagnostic information. These messages could include information that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial number of the modem. Cell phone network service providers could have access to additional information, for example cell phone network tower identification. For additional information about our privacy policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or refer to your local Ford website.

Note: The modem continues to send this information unless you disable the modem or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data by changing the modem settings. See Connected Vehicle (page 322).
Note: The service can be unavailable or interrupted for a number of reasons, for example environmental or topographical conditions and data plan coverage.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has a modem, visit www.FordConnected.com.
MOBILE DEVICE DATA
If you connect a mobile device to your vehicle, you can display data from your device on the touchscreen for example, music and album art. You can share your vehicle data with mobile apps on your device through the system. See Apps (page 354).
The mobile apps function operates by your connected device sending data to us in the United States. The data is encrypted and includes, for example, the vehicle identification number of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial number, odometer, enabled apps, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain it only as long as necessary to provide the service, to troubleshoot, for continuous improvement and to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law.
If you connect a cell phone to the system, the system creates a profile that links to that cell phone. The cell phone profile enables more mobile features and efficient operation. The profile contains, for example data from your phonebook, read and unread text messages and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Data Privacy
If you connect a media device, the system creates and retains a media device index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when you connect your cell phone or media device. If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you use the master reset function to erase the stored information. See Settings (page 356).
System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle's module.
For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has connectivity technology, visit www.FordConnected.com.
EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA
When the emergency call system is active, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to the emergency call system may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to emergency services operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist emergency services operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the emergency call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call systems that are required by law.
14
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Environment
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
You can take significant steps toward protecting the environment with correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials. For additional information about our sustainability progress and initiatives, visit www.sustainability.ford.com.
15
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

At a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E282065
A Air vents. B Direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 71). C Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 63). Audio control. See Audio
Control (page 63). D Information display. See General Information (page 89). E Information display control. See Information Display Control (page 64). F Wiper lever. See Windshield Wipers (page 65). G Ignition switch. See Keyless Starting (page 138). H Information and Entertainment display. I Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 251). J Climate control. See Automatic Climate Control (page 112). K Horn.
16
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

At a Glance
L Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 62). M Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 68). Power liftgate release. See
Power Liftgate (page 56).
17
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS
E161855
E68916
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it. Death or serious injury to the child can occur.
WARNING: Read and follow the manufacturer's instructions when you are installing a child restraint.
WARNING: Do not modify child restraints in any way.
WARNING: Do not hold a child on your lap when your vehicle is moving.

WARNING: Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the child restraints checked.
Note: When using a rearward-facing child restraint on the front seat, always make sure the passenger airbag off indicator is illuminated. See Front Passenger Sensing System (page 33).
Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129 or ECE-R44.03 (or later) have been tested and approved for use in your vehicle.
Note: Mandatory use of child restraints varies from country to country.
When using a child restraint on a front seat, follow these seat positioning guidelines:
· The child restraint must not be in contact with the instrument panel.
· Position the passenger seat as far rearward as possible and route the seatbelt forward and downward from the B-pillar ring to the child restraint.
· If it proves difficult to tighten the lap section of the seatbelt without slack remaining, adjust the seat backrest to the fully upright position and raise the height of the seat.
Note: When using a child restraint on a second row seat, adjust both seating rows in a position to prevent contact with the child's feet, legs or the child restraint. When using a child restraint on a third row seat, adjust the second row outermost seat in a position to prevent contact with the child's feet, legs, or the child restraint.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

Child Restraints for Different Mass Groups Use the correct child restraint as follows: Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat
E68918
Secure children that weigh less than 13 kg (29 lb) in a rearward facing baby safety seat (Group 0+) on the rear seat. Child Safety Seat

Booster Seats
WARNING: Do not install a booster seat or a booster cushion with only the lap strap of the seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not install a booster seat or a booster cushion with a seatbelt that is slack or twisted.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow the child to put the shoulder section of the seatbelt under their arm or behind their back. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows, books or towels to boost your child's height. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that your children sit in an upright position.
WARNING: Make sure the child restraint rests tightly against the vehicle seat. If necessary, adjust the seat backrest to an upright position. It may also be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint.
See Head Restraints (page 119).

E68920
Secure children that weigh between 13 kg (29 lb) and 18 kg (40 lb) in a child safety seat (Group 1) on the rear seat.

WARNING: You must reinstall the head restraint following the removal of the child restraint.
Secure children that weigh more than 15 kg (33 lb) but are less than 150 cm (60 in) tall in a booster seat or a booster cushion.

19
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

Booster Seat (Group 2)

Secure children that weigh greater than 22 kg (50 lb) but are less than 150 cm (60 in) tall on a booster cushion.
ISOFIX Anchor Points
WARNING: Use an anti-rotation device when using the ISOFIX system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

E70710
We recommend that you use a booster seat that combines a cushion with a backrest instead of a booster cushion only. The raised seating position will allow you to position the shoulder strap of the adult seatbelt over the center of your child's shoulder and the lap strap tightly across their hips.
Booster Cushion (Group 3)

WARNING: When using a booster cushion, make sure you adjust the vehicle head restraint on that seating position.
E68924

E174928
Your vehicle has ISOFIX anchor points that accommodate universally approved ISOFIX child restraints.
Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installing a child restraint with a top tether.
The ISOFIX system has two rigid attachment arms on the child restraint. These attach to anchor points on the rear seats where the cushion and backrest meet.
Note: If you are purchasing an ISOFIX child restraint, make sure that you know the correct mass group and ISOFIX size class for the intended seating locations. See Child Restraint Positioning (page 23).

20
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety
Top Tether Anchor Points Second Row Seating Positions
E302075
Third Row Seating Positions
E302076
For child restraints with a top tether, tether anchor points are at the rear of the second row outermost and third row seats.
21
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

Attaching a Child Restraint With Top Tethers

Attaching a Child Restraint With a Support Leg

WARNING: Do not attach the top tether strap to anything other than the correct top tether strap anchor point.
WARNING: Make sure that the top tether strap is not slack or twisted and is properly located on the anchor point.
Note: You may need to lift or remove the head restraint to ease installation. See Head Restraints (page 119).
1. Route the tether strap under the head restraint to the anchor point.

WARNING: If you use a child restraint that has a support leg, make sure the support leg rests securely on the floor.
WARNING: Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: Make sure that the child restraint manufacturer lists your vehicle as suitable for use with this type of child restraint.

E87145
2. Push the child restraint back firmly to engage the ISOFIX lower anchor points.
3. Tighten the tether strap in line with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

E185352
Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installing a child restraint with a support leg.

22
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it. Death or serious injury to the child can occur.
WARNING: If you use a child restraint that has a support leg, make sure the support leg rests securely on the floor.

WARNING: If you use a child restraint and a seatbelt, make sure that the seatbelt is not slack or twisted.
WARNING: Make sure the child restraint rests tightly against the vehicle seat. If necessary, adjust the seat backrest to an upright position. It may also be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint.
WARNING: You must reinstall the head restraint following the removal of the child restraint.
See Head Restraints (page 119).

Mass Group Categories

Seating Positions

010 kg 013 kg 918 kg 1525 kg 2236 kg (022 lb) (029 lb) (2040lb) (3355lb) (4979lb)

Front passenger seat with airbag ON.

UF1

Front passenger seat with airbag OFF.

Second row seats. 2

Third row seats.2

1 We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child restraint, on the rear seat.
2Do not use a child restraint with a support leg on the rear center seat unless stated as suitable in the child restraint manufacturer's product information.

X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF Suitable for universal category forward facing child restraints approved for use in this mass group.

23
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

ISOFIX Child Restraints

Mass Group Categories

Seating positions

Lateral Facing

Rearward Rearward Forward

Facing

Rear Facing

010 kg 010 kg 013 kg 918 kg 918 kg (022 lb) (022 lb) (029lb) (2040lb) (2040lb)

Front passenger seat.

Size class Seat type

No ISOFIX

Second row outermost seats ISOFIX.

Size class Fixture

F, G1 L1, L21

C, D, E1

A, B, B11

C, D1

R1, R2X, F2, F2X, R2X, R2,

R11

R2, R31

F31

R31

Seat type

IL, IUF

Second row center seat.

Size class Seat type

No ISOFIX

Third row

Size class

F, G1

seats ISOFIX.

Fixture

L1, L21

A, B, B11

F2, F2X,

F31

Seat type

IL, IUF

1The size class and fixture are defined for both universal and semi-universal child restraint systems. You can see the identification letters on ISOFIX child restraints.
IL Suitable for use with particular ISOFIX child restraints systems in the semi-universal category. Refer to the child restraint system manufacturer vehicle recommendation list for additional information.
IUF Suitable for use with forward facing ISOFIX child restraints systems in the universal category.

24
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

Recommended Child Restraints

Mass Group Categories

Manufacturer

Model

Attachment

0+
013 kg (029 lb)

Britax Romer.

Baby Safe Plus with ISOFIX base.1

ISOFIX base or seatbelt only.

1
918 kg (2040 lb)

Britax Romer.

Duo Plus.1

ISOFIX and top tether anchors or seatbelt only.

2
1525 kg (3355 lb)

Britax Romer.

KidFix.1, 2

ISOFIX and seatbelt or seatbelt only.

Graco.

Booster Basic.

Seatbelt only.

2236 kg (4979 lb)

1We recommend that you secure children using an ISOFIX child restraint on the rear outermost seats. 2We recommend that you use a booster seat that combines a cushion with a backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to our recommended child restraints.

25
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety

I-Size Child Restraints

Front Passenger

Rear Outermost

Rear Center Seat

Seat

Seats

Rearward-facing

child restraint

systems on front

passenger seat with

airbag ON.

I-Size child restraint

I-U

systems.

Suitable booster fixture.

B2, B31

1The fixture is defined for booster child restraint systems. You can see the identification letters on i-Size boosters.
I-U Suitable for use with forward and rearward facing I-Size child restraint systems. X Not suitable for use with I-Size child restraint systems.

26
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, you cannot open the rear doors from the inside.
E287259
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of each rear door. You must set the child safety lock separately on each door. Left-Hand Side Turn the key clockwise to switch the child lock on and counter clockwise to switch it off. Right-Hand Side Turn the key counter clockwise to switch the child lock on and clockwise to switch it off.
27
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seatbelts

FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outermost and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts.

Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure.

E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle.

E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes

E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle.

WARNING: If your vehicle is involved in a crash, have the seatbelts and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

28
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seatbelts

WARNING: You must replace the seatbelt if the automatic locking retractor or any other seatbelt function is not operating correctly. Failure to replace the seatbelt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a crash.
All safety restraints in your vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver seatbelt, front outermost passenger and rear seatbelts have vehicle sensitive locking mode.
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 8 km/h (5 mph) or more, the combination seatbelts lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and pull the webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner.
Seatbelt Extension Assembly
WARNING: Do not use extensions to change the way the seatbelt fits across the torso, over the lap or to make the seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If the seatbelt is too short when fully extended, you can obtain a seatbelt extension assembly from an authorized dealer.

Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the seatbelt. Manufacturer identification is on a label either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim. Also, use the seatbelt extension only if the seatbelt is too short when you fully extend it.
SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce its effectiveness and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
E201573
1. Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder.
2. Slide the adjuster up to raise the belt. Press the button and slide it down to lower the belt.

29
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seatbelts

SEATBELT REMINDER

Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp

A warning lamp illuminates if the ignition is on, a front seat is occupied and the seatbelt has not been fastened.

E71880

The warning lamp illuminates until you fasten your seatbelt.

Fasten Seatbelt Audible Warning

A warning tone sounds if the warning lamp illuminates and your vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed.
The warning tone sounds for up to five minutes or until you fasten your seatbelt.

Switching the Audible Warning Off
We recommend that you contact an authorized dealer.
Seatbelt Status

E267667
A B C

Seatbelt fastened.
Seatbelt not fastened.
Rear seatbelt recently unfastened.

To view the seatbelt status, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

Menu Item

Action

Settings

Press the menu button.

Information

Press the OK button.

Seatbelts

Press the OK button.

Seatbelt Status Information Messages

Message
Rear belt monitor malfunction Service required

Description
The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

30
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Personal Safety SystemTM
This system provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag-related injuries. The system analyzes different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations. Your vehicle's Personal Safety System consists of: · Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints. · Front seat outermost seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management retractors and seatbelt usage sensors. · Front passenger sensing system. · Passenger airbag off and on indicators. · Front crash severity sensors. · Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors. · Restraint system warning light and tone. · The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners, front seatbelt usage sensors, front passenger sensing system and indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions. A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module. During a crash, the restraints control module may deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or both stages of the dual-stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions.
31
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it. Death or serious injury to the child can occur.
WARNING: Do not modify the front of your vehicle in any way. This could adversely affect deployment of the airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Wear a seatbelt and keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. Only when you use the seatbelt correctly, can it hold you in a position that allows the airbag to achieve its optimum effect. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Repairs to the steering wheel, steering column, seats, airbags and seatbelts must be carried out by an authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers. Objects could become projectiles during airbag deployment. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp objects into areas where airbags are fitted. This could damage and adversely affect deployment of the airbags. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Accessory seat covers not released by Ford Motor Company could prevent the deployment of the airbags and increase the risk of injuries in a crash. Note: A loud bang sounds and there is a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal. For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth.
DRIVER AIRBAG
E74302
The airbag will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal collisions. The airbag will inflate within a few thousandths of a second and deflate on contact with the occupant, thus cushioning forward body movement. During minor frontal collisions, overturns, rear collisions and side collisions, the airbag will not deploy.

32
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

PASSENGER AIRBAG
E151127
The passenger airbag will deploy during significant frontal or near-frontal collisions. The airbag will inflate within a few thousandths of a second and deflate on contact with the occupant, thus cushioning forward body movement. During minor frontal collisions, overturns, rear collisions and side collisions, the front passenger airbag will not deploy.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM

console. Check the passenger airbag indicator lamp for proper airbag status. Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system and increase the risk of serious injury.
WARNING: Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system. This could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger seat and seatbelt. It is designed to detect the presence of a child restraint and disable the passenger airbag.
The front passenger sensing system uses passenger airbag status indicators that illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either on (enabled) or off (disabled).
The indicators are on the overhead console.

WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not stow objects in the seatback map pocket or hang objects off a seatback if a child is in the front passenger seat. Do not place objects under the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center

E181984
After you have installed a rearward facing child restraint, make sure the passenger airbag indicator OFF illuminates.
If the passenger airbag indicator ON illuminates, remove the rearward-facing child restraint from the front passenger seat.
Note: The passenger airbag status indicators illuminate for a short period of time when you first switch the ignition on to confirm it is functional.

33
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The front passenger sensing system is also designed to disable (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied.
· When the front passenger sensing system disables (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag, the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the off indicator and stays lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
· If you install a rearward facing child restraint and the passenger airbag status illuminates the on indicator, switch the vehicle off, remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. If the passenger airbag status indicator still indicates the on status, you cannot use the child restraint on the front passenger seat. Use a rearward facing ISOFIX child restraint on the rear seat. Make sure the child restraint manufacturer lists your vehicle as compatible with this ISOFIX child restraint. If the child weighs 9 kg (20 lb) or more, you can also use a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat. You must move the front passenger seat to the farthest rear position.

The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable (may inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat.
· When the front passenger sensing system enables (may inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag, the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the on lamp and remains illuminated.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator is lit, it is possible that the person is not sitting properly in the seat. If this happens:
· Switch the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat backrest in the full upright position.
· Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with the person's legs comfortably extended.
· Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes. This allows the system to detect that person and enables (may inflate) the passenger frontal airbag.
· If the status indicator off remains lit even after this, advise the person to ride in the rear seat.

Occupant Empty Child Adult

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator OFF: Lit ON: Unlit OFF: Lit ON: Unlit OFF: Unlit ON: Lit

Passenger Airbag Disabled Disabled Enabled

34
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on seatbelts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seat backrest, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash greatly increases.

If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator is incorrect, check for the following:

· Objects lodged underneath the seat.

· Objects between the seat cushion and the center console.

· Objects hanging off the seat backrest.

· Objects stowed in the seat backrest map pocket.

· Objects placed on the occupant's lap.

· Cargo interference with the seat.

· Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat.

· Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat.

The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system. The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above.

E67017

Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating properly.

If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the following:

The driver and adult passengers should check for objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat, or cargo interfering with the seat.
If there are lodged objects, or cargo is interfering with the seat, take the following steps to remove the obstruction:
· Pull the vehicle over.
· Switch the vehicle off.
· Driver and adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat.
· Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
· Restart the vehicle.
· Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light is no longer illuminated.
· If the airbag readiness light remains illuminated, this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the system. Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Accessory seat covers not released by Ford Motor Company could prevent the deployment of the airbags and increase the risk of injuries in a crash.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

WARNING: Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
The side airbags are on the outermost side of the front seat backrests. In certain sideways crashes or rollover events, the side airbags will be inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided to occupants in side impact crashes.

The system consists of the following:

· A label or embossed side panel indicating that your vehicle has side airbags.

· Side airbags inside the driver and front passenger seat backrests.

E67017

Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.

The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags.

PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG
The knee airbag is located under the instrument panel. During a crash, the restraints control module may activate the passenger knee airbag based on crash severity and occupant conditions. Under certain crash and occupant conditions, the passenger knee airbag may deploy but the passenger front airbag may not activate.
As with front and side airbags, it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury.

SAFETY CANOPYTM

E152533

WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

WARNING: Do not lean your head on the door. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the headliner, above each row of seats. In certain sideways crashes or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will

be activated, regardless of which seats are occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events.

E75004

The system consists of the following:
· Safety canopy curtain airbags above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.
· A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment

E67017

· Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.

Always properly restrain children 12 years old and under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening.

37
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags (including the Safety Canopy).
38
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Pedestrian Protection
PEDESTRIAN ALERT SYSTEM
Due to the quiet operation of hybrid and electric vehicles at low speeds, the system creates a subtle sound to alert pedestrians. The system is on when your vehicle is running and not in park (P). Some sound may be audible in the passenger compartment.
39
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

eCall

WHAT IS ECALL
eCall is an emergency call system that complies with European Union Regulation (EU) 2015/758. See eCall User Information (page 370).
The system uses the public cell phone network to initiate a call to the public emergency services when activated automatically in a severe accident or manually by the vehicle occupants.
eCall is designed for emergency calls in case of severe accidents or other emergencies that require the emergency services. It does not support other voice calls.
HOW DOES ECALL WORK
If an accident results in an attempt to deploy an airbag, excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or to shut off the fuel pump, the system initiates a call to the emergency services. This call cannot be canceled.
In the case of an emergency, the system, as a means of communication aid, can help you contact specific rescue departments of public emergency services. The system does not deploy the rescue operations. The local public emergency service deploys specific rescue operations according to the actual situation.
During an emergency call, the system transmits vehicle data to the emergency service. See Emergency Call System Data (page 14).
Note: If the transmission is unsuccessful, this could result in the emergency operator not receiving your vehicle data.
Note: If the system is unable to initiate a call to the emergency services, a voice prompt plays and the emergency call indicator illuminates.

EMERGENCY CALL REQUIREMENTS
The system only operates in areas with a compatible cell phone network and emergency services infrastructure.
EMERGENCY CALL LIMITATIONS
Not all accidents activate the system. If an accident does trigger the system, it initiates a call to the emergency services. Do not wait for the system to initiate a call if you are able to do so. Call emergency services immediately to avoid a delayed response time. If you do not hear the system within five seconds of the accident, the system could be non-functional. Using a non-Ford audio system could result in the system not properly operating.
MANUALLY MAKING AN EMERGENCY CALL
E218263
WARNING: Use caution when making a manual emergency call when driving.
1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Press the SOS symbol on the overhead
console to open the emergency call button cover. 3. Press the emergency call button to initiate a call to the emergency services. Note: Press the button again before the call is connected to cancel it. 4. Speak to the operator.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

eCall

Note: After completing an emergency call, the emergency operator can call your vehicle. The system automatically answers incoming calls for approximately an hour.
EMERGENCY CALL INDICATORS

E218263

The indicator is integrated into the emergency call button cover on the overhead console.

It illuminates brightly for a short time when you switch the ignition on.

WARNING: If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Emergency Call Indicator Status
Indicator off.
Dimmed red. Rapidly flashing. Moderately flashing.
Slowly flashing.
Bright red.

Description
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Normal operation.
The system is initiating an emergency call.
The system is transmitting vehicle data to the emergency services.
The system is connected to the emergency services and communication is established.
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

41
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

eCall

CHANGING THE BACKUP BATTERY
ECALL TROUBLESHOOTING

The system has a backup battery and indicates when it needs to be changed. We recommend that you have the battery changed by an authorized dealer.

ECALL INFORMATION MESSAGES

Message
Emergency call system malfunction Service required

Description
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

42
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 10 m (33 ft).
A decrease in operating range could be caused by:
· Weather conditions.
· Nearby radio towers.
· Structures around your vehicle.
· Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, wireless remote controls, cell phones, battery chargers and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure you lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control operates if you press any button unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage.
Declaration of Conformity
Some components that come in your vehicle transmit and receive radio waves and are subject to European Directive 2014/53/EU.

REMOTE CONTROL Passive Key
Note: You may not be able to shift out of park (P) unless the passive key is inside your vehicle.
E307001
The remote control operates the power locks and liftgate. The key must be in your vehicle to use the push button start. Removable Key Blade The remote control also contains a removable key blade that you can use to unlock your vehicle.

43
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

E311051
Press the release button and pull the key blade out.

WARNING: If the battery compartment does not securely close, stop using the remote control and replace it as soon as possible. In the meantime, keep the remote control away from children. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of remote control batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the programmed key from your vehicle. The remote control should operate normally.
A message appears in the information display when the battery is low. See General Information on Radio Frequencies (page 43).
The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery.

E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference.
Replacing the Battery
WARNING: Keep batteries away from children to prevent ingestion. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If ingested, immediately seek medical attention.

E311051

44
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
1. Push the release button and pull the key blade out.

E303824
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden behind the key blade head to remove the battery cover.

E218402
3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver, in the position shown and carefully remove the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing upward.
5. Reinstall the battery cover and the key blade.
Memory Feature
You can use the remote control or passive key to recall memory positions.
If programmed to a pre-set position, the remote control recalls memory positions when you unlock your vehicle. If you have the easy entry and exit feature enabled and the ignition is off, the seat moves to the easy entry position. The seat moves to the driver memory position when you switch the ignition on.
Linking a Preset Position to Your Passive Key
See Memory Function (page 124).

45
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
Car Finder Press the button twice within three seconds. The horn sounds
E138623 and the direction indicators flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle.
46
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

MyKeyTM

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits. You can program the restrictions to all keys except one. Any keys that you did not program are administrator keys or admin keys.
You can use admin keys to:
· Create a MyKey with certain vehicle restrictions.
· Program certain MyKey settings.
· Clear all MyKey restrictions.
After you program a MyKey, you can view the following information through the information display:
· The total number of admin keys and MyKeys for your vehicle.
· The total distance a MyKey driver traveled with your vehicle.
Note: Every MyKey receives the same restrictions and settings. You cannot program them individually.
Note: For vehicles equipped with a push-button start switch: When both a MyKey and an admin key are present when you start your vehicle, the system recognizes the admin key only.

Standard Settings
Not every vehicle includes the features listed below. If your vehicle has this equipment, then you cannot change the following settings when using a MyKey:
· Seatbelt reminder or Belt-MinderTM. MyKey mutes the audio system until drivers, and in some instances, passengers, fasten their seatbelts. Note: If your vehicle includes an AM/FM radio or a very basic audio system, then the radio may not mute.
· Earlier low-fuel warning. The low-fuel warning activates earlier for MyKey drivers, giving them more time to refuel.
· Certain driver alerts, stability systems or parking aids turn on automatically when you use the MyKey system. For example, Blind Spot Information System (BLIS), cross traffic alert, lane departure warning or forward collision warning. Note: MyKey drivers may be able to turn the lane departure warning feature off, but this feature turns back on automatically with every new key cycle.
· Restricted touchscreen operation in some markets. For example, MyKey may prevent manual navigation destination input while the vehicle is in any gear other than park (P) or when the vehicle reaches a certain rate of speed.
· Satellite radio adult content restrictions, if this feature is available in your market.
Optional Settings
You can configure certain vehicle feature settings when you first create a MyKey. You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key.

47
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

MyKeyTM

Note: Not every feature applies to every vehicle in every market. When they are available for your vehicle, then they appear in your information display, providing choices to switch them on or off, or to select a more specific setting.
· Various vehicle speed limits so the MyKey driver cannot exceed certain speeds. The information display shows warnings followed by an audible tone when the MyKey driver reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal.
WARNING: Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the driver from maintaining a safe speed considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. The driver is always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. Failure to do so could result in accident or injury.

· Various vehicle speed reminders so MyKey drivers know when their vehicle speed approaches the limits. Warnings appear in your information display and a tone sounds when the MyKey drivers exceed the set vehicle speed.
· The audio system's maximum volume limits to 45% so MyKey drivers can concentrate on the road. A message appears in the information display when MyKey drivers attempt to exceed the limited volume. MyKey also disables the automatic volume control. Note: If your vehicle includes an AM/FM radio or a very basic audio system, then the radio may not limit.
· Always on setting. This setting forces certain features to remain on and active for MyKey drivers. For example, E911 or emergency assistance and the do not disturb features stay on even if a MyKey driver uses the feature's control to switch it off. When selected, you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac or traction control (if your vehicle has this feature).
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the touchscreen to create a MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into the ignition. If your vehicle has a push-button start, place the remote control into the backup slot. See Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle System (page 139).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu in the touchscreen and then scroll through the menus to change the settings of your MyKey. From the MyKey menu, select the option Create MyKey. See Settings (page 356).

48
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

MyKeyTM

4. Press Yes if you want to create the key as a MyKey. A confirmation message appears on the screen.
5. Switch the ignition off.
You have successfully created a MyKey. Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys.
You can also program configurable settings for the key.
Programming and Changing Configurable Settings
Use the touchscreen to access your configurable MyKey settings.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin key or the remote control you want to program.
2. Access the main menu in the information display and then scroll through the menus to change the settings of your MyKey. See Settings (page 356).
3. Follow the instructions in the touchscreen.
The programmed restrictions apply when you switch the vehicle off, open and close the driver door and restart your vehicle with the programmed key or remote control.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you have switched the vehicle off, however, you need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings. When you make any changes to your MyKey settings, you change the settings for every MyKey. You cannot make individual changes to apply to specific MyKeys.

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once. To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, use the touchscreen.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
2. Access the main menu in the touchscreen and then scroll through the menus to begin clearing your MyKey programming. See Settings (page 356).
3. Follow the instructions in the display.
4. A confirmation message appears in the display after you finish clearing your MyKeys.
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status. You cannot remove the MyKey restrictions individually.
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS
You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the touchscreen. See Settings (page 356).
MyKey Distance
Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey.

49
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

MyKeyTM

Number of MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys you have programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when you have deleted all MyKeys.
Number of Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys you have programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many admin keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed.

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start systems. If you choose to install a remote start system, see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system.

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition I cannot create a MyKey.
I cannot program the configurable settings. I cannot clear the MyKeys. I lost the only admin key.

Potential Causes
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges. Vehicles with keyless start: Make sure you place the transmitter into the backup slot. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 60). The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key. There always has to be at least one admin key. The passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode.
The transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. There are no MyKeys programmed to the vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 48).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 48).
Purchase a new key or transmitter from an authorized dealer.

50
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

MyKeyTM

Condition

Potential Causes

I lost a key.

Program a spare key or transmitter. You may need to see an authorized dealer. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 60).

The MyKey distance does not accumu- The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.

late.

An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and

created new MyKeys.

The key system has been reset.

No MyKey functions with the transmitter.

An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start. There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 48).

51
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Doors and Locks

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle.
Note: Do not use the door latch assembly to attach any accessory, such as handles or steps, as this can cause damage to your vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels.

E138628

A Unlock. B Lock.

Remote Control
You can use the remote control at any time.

Unlocking the Doors

Press the button to unlock the

driver door.

E138629

Press the button again within

three seconds to unlock all doors. The

direction indicators flash.

Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for three seconds to change between driver door or all doors unlock mode. The direction indicators flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode. Driver door mode

only unlocks the driver door when you press the unlock button once. All door mode unlocks all doors when you press the unlock button once. The unlocking mode applies to the remote control and keyless entry.

Locking the Doors

E138623

Press the button to lock all doors. The direction indicators flash.

Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that you have closed all the doors. The doors lock again, the horn sounds and the direction indicators flash if you have closed all the doors and the liftgate.

Note: If any door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn sounds twice and the direction indicators do not flash.

Double Locking the Doors

WARNING: Do not use double locking when passengers or animals are inside your vehicle. The doors cannot be unlocked or opened from the inside when double locked.

Double locking is a theft protection feature that prevents someone from opening the doors from the inside. The doors only double lock after they all close.

E138623

Press the button twice within three seconds.

Automatic Relocking

The doors automatically relock if you do not open a door within 45 seconds of unlocking the doors with the remote control. The door locks and the alarm returns to its previous state.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Doors and Locks

Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the Key Blade
Locking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle.
Unlocking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle.
Note: If the child safety locks are on and you pull the interior handle, only emergency locking turns off, not the child safety lock. You can only open the doors using the external door handle.
Keyless Entry
You can unlock and lock your vehicle without taking the keys out of your pocket or purse when the passive key is within 1 m (3 ft) of your vehicle. Keyless entry uses a sensor on the back of the door handle for unlocking and a separate sensor on the face of each door handle for locking.
The system does not operate if:
· The vehicle battery has no charge.
· The remote control battery has no charge.
· The remote control frequencies jam.
Note: The system may not operate if the passive key is close to metal objects or electronic devices, for example keys or a cell phone.
Note: If the system does not operate, use the key blade to lock and unlock your vehicle. See Remote Control (page 43).

Unlocking Using Keyless Entry
E297236
With your passive key within 1 m (3 ft) of your vehicle, touch the unlock sensor on the back of the door handle for a brief period. Pull on the door handle to unlock. Be careful not to touch the lock sensor at the same time or pull the door handle too quickly. The keyless entry system requires a brief delay to authenticate the passive key.
Locking Using Keyless Entry
E297235
With your passive key within 1 m (3 ft) of your vehicle, touch the outer door handle lock sensor for approximately one second to lock. Be careful not to touch the unlock sensor on the back of the door handle at the same time. After locking, you can immediately pull on the door handle to confirm locking occurred without inadvertently unlocking.
Opening the Liftgate Press the exterior liftgate release button on the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle. See Power Liftgate (page 56).
Smart Unlocks for Passive Keys This helps to prevent you from locking the passive key inside the passenger compartment or rear cargo area.

53
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Doors and Locks

If the system finds a passive key, all the doors immediately unlock and the horn sounds twice, indicating that a passive key is inside. When you electronically lock your vehicle with any door open, the transmission in park (P) and the ignition off, the system searches for a passive key in the passenger compartment after you close the last door.
You can override smart unlock and intentionally lock the passive key inside your vehicle.
To override smart unlock, close all doors and lock your vehicle in any of the following ways:
· Press the lock button on another passive key.
· Touch the locking area on the front of the door handle with another passive key in your hand.
When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control, all doors lock, then unlock if:
· The ignition is on.
· The ignition is off and the transmission is not in park (P).
Autolock (If Equipped)
Autolock locks all the doors when:
· All doors close.
· The ignition is on.
· You shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion.
· Your vehicle reaches a speed greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).
Autolock repeats when:
· You open, then close any door when the ignition is on and the speed is 15 km/h (9 mph) or lower.
· Your vehicle reaches a speed greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).

Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when: · Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the accessory position. · You open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to accessory position.
Note: The doors do not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autounlock
Enable or disable autounlock using the vehicle settings on your touchscreen, or an authorized dealer can do it for you.
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and some exterior lamps illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote control.
The lamps turn off if: · The ignition is on. · You press the remote control lock
button. · More than 25 seconds have elapsed.
The lamps do not turn off if: · You switch them on with the lighting
control. · Any door is open.
Illuminated Exit
The interior lamps and some exterior lamps illuminate when all doors close and you switch the ignition off.
The lamps turn off if all the doors remain closed and: · More than 25 seconds have elapsed. · You lock your vehicle from the outside.

54
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Doors and Locks
Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps, interior lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver shuts them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off. Battery Saver for Passive Keys (If Equipped) If you leave the ignition on and the engine is not running, the battery saver turns the ignition off when it detects a certain amount of battery drain, or after 30 minutes have elapsed.
55
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Liftgate

POWER LIFTGATE
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle. If you are unable to fully close the liftgate, open the air vents or the windows to allow fresh air to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep keys out of reach of children. Do not allow children to operate or play near an open or moving power liftgate. You should supervise the operation of the power liftgate at all times.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate before operating or moving your vehicle, especially in an enclosure, like a garage or a parking structure. This could damage the liftgate and its components.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
The liftgate only operates with the transmission in park (P).

If there is a problem with the open or close request, a tone sounds for one of the following reasons:
· The ignition is on and the transmission is not in park (P).
· The battery voltage is below the minimum operating voltage.
· The liftgate is not fully closed and your vehicle speed is at or above 5 km/h (3 mph).
If the liftgate starts to close after it has fully opened, this indicates there may be excessive weight on the liftgate or a possible strut failure. A repetitive tone sounds and the liftgate closes under control. If the liftgate continues to close after opening, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Remove any excessive weight from the liftgate.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
WARNING: Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control.
Note: Make sure the area behind your vehicle is free from obstruction and that there is enough room for you to operate the liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle, for example a wall, garage door or another vehicle may come into contact with the moving liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and its components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open when you are driving. This could damage the liftgate and its components.

56
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Liftgate

Opening from the Instrument Panel

E138633

With the transmission in park (P), press the button on the instrument panel.

Opening with the Remote Control

E267940

Press the button twice within three seconds.

Opening with the Outside Control Button
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock control. If a passive key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when you press the liftgate release button.

Note: Allow the power system to open the liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system's obstacle detection feature and stop the power operation or reverse its direction, replicate a strut failure, or damage mechanical components.
Closing the Liftgate
WARNING: Keep clear of the liftgate when using the rear switch.

E291352
2. Press the control button to the right of the rear view camera.

E291351
Press and release the liftgate button.
Stopping the Liftgate Movement
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force to the liftgate while it is in motion. This could damage the power liftgate and its components.
You can stop the liftgate movement by doing any of the following: · Pressing the liftgate control button. · Pressing the liftgate button on the
remote control twice. · Pressing the liftgate button on the
instrument panel. · Moving your foot under and away from
the center rear bumper in a single-kick motion.*

57
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Liftgate

*This method only works for vehicles with the hands-free liftgate feature.
Setting the Liftgate Open Height
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing the control button on the liftgate when it reaches the desired height.
Note: Once the liftgate has stopped moving, you can also manually move it to the desired height.
3. Press and hold the liftgate control button on the liftgate until you hear a tone, indicating programming is complete.
Note: You can only use the liftgate control button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the liftgate position is too low.
The new open liftgate height is recalled when the power liftgate is opened. To change the programmed height, repeat the above procedure. Once you open the power liftgate, you can manually move it to a different height.
Note: The system recalls the new programmed height until you reprogram it, even if you disconnect the battery.
When operating the power liftgate after you have programmed a lower height than fully open, you can fully open the liftgate by manually pushing it upward to the maximum open position.

Obstacle Detection
Note: Entering your vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to bounce and activate obstacle detection. To prevent this, let the power liftgate close completely before you enter your vehicle. Before driving off, check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator. Failure to do this could result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate open while driving.
When Closing
The system stops when it detects an obstacle. A tone sounds and the system reverses to open. Once you remove the obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
When Opening
The system stops when it detects an obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you remove the obstacle, you can continue to operate the liftgate.
Switching the Power Liftgate On or Off
You can switch the power liftgate on or off through the vehicle settings on your touchscreen.
When switched off, the liftgate only unlatches and will not power open or close.
Hands-Free Feature (If Equipped)
Make sure you have the passive key within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate.
1. Stand behind your vehicle, and face the liftgate.
2. Move your foot, in a single-kick motion, without pausing, under and away from the rear bumper detection area.

58
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Liftgate
Vehicles With a Trailer Hitch

E300799
3. The liftgate opens or closes. Avoid the following actions when using the hands-free opening feature: · Making physical contact with the
bumper. · Holding your foot under the bumper. · Sweeping your foot from side to side,
or kicking at an odd angle.
Detection Zones
Vehicles Without a Trailer Hitch

E310718
The detection area is on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the hitch, between the exhaust and the hitch.
Note: Allow the power system to open the liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system's obstacle detection feature and stop the power operation or reverse its direction, replicate a strut failure, or damage mechanical components.
Note: Any physical actions that mimic a kicking motion such as splashing water, trailer chains or vacuum hoses may cause the hands-free liftgate to activate. Switch the power liftgate off through your vehicle settings or keep the passive key away from the rear bumper detection area.

E310717
The detection area is in the center of the rear bumper.

59
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Security

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting the engine. Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.
SecuriLock®
The system is an engine immobilization system. It is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used. Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting. A message may appear in the information display.
If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key, a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display.
Automatic Arming
The vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the vehicle.

Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys.
The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle, as well as a remote control.
The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system, as well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys (integrated keyhead transmitters only) are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences. See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key
See your authorized dealer to have additional keys programmed to your vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will be triggered if any door, the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key, remote control or keyless entry keypad.
The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Security
Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle. Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock your vehicle to arm the alarm. Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions: · Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad. · Switch your vehicle on or start your vehicle. · Use a key in the driver door to unlock your vehicle, then switch your vehicle on within 12 seconds.
61
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Steering Wheel

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving. Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 119).
E261582
Use the control on the side of the steering column to adjust the position. To adjust: · Tilt: Press the top or bottom of the
control. · Telescope: Press the front or rear of
the control. End of Travel Position The steering column stops just short of the end of the column travel to prevent damage to the steering column. A new stopping position sets if it encounters an object when tilting or telescoping.

To reset the steering column to its normal stopping position:
1. Confirm there is nothing obstructing the motion of the steering column.
2. Press and hold the steering column control until the steering column stops moving.
3. Press the steering column control again.
Note: The steering column may begin to move again.
4. When the steering column stops, continue holding the control for a few seconds.
5. Repeat for each direction as necessary.
A new stopping position sets. The next time you tilt or telescope the steering column, it stops just short of the end of the column travel.
Memory Feature
You can save and recall the steering column position with the memory function. See Memory Function (page 124).
Pressing the adjustment control during a memory recall cancels the operation.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature
The column moves up when you switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings. You can switch this feature on or off through the touchscreen. See Settings (page 356).
Note: If you press any adjustment or memory button when in easy exit mode, the system cancels the operation.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the column may move up and in.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

AUDIO CONTROL
E280796

Steering Wheel

E265045 E265044

Press to access the previous media selection.
Press to access the next media selection.

VOICE CONTROL

The controls are on the steering wheel.

E142599

Press and release to activate voice recognition.

CRUISE CONTROL

E280795
You can operate the following functions with the control:
Press to decrease volume level.

E280802

Press to increase volume level.

E280803 E268549

Press to silence the current media
Press to access phone mode or to answer a phone call.

Press to end a phone call.

E265040

E289570
See How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With Stop and Go Work (page 203).

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Steering Wheel
INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL
E280795
See Information Displays (page 89).
HEATED STEERING WHEEL
The heated steering wheel button is on the climate controls.
Press the button to switch the heated steering wheel on and off. Note: You can use the heated steering wheel only when the engine is running. Note: The system uses a sensor and is designed to control the temperature of the steering wheel and to prevent it from overheating. Note: In warm temperatures, the steering wheel quickly reaches its maximum temperature and the system reduces the current to the heating element. This could cause you to think that the system has stopped working but it has not. This is normal.
64
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wipers and Washers

WINDSHIELD WIPERS

E270969

Push the lever up or down to operate the windshield wipers.

Intermittent Wipe

E295996
A Single wipe.
B Intermittent wipe.
C Normal wipe.
D High-speed wipe.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.

E295997
A Shortest wipe interval. B Intermittent wipe. C Longest wipe interval.
Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS
Wet or winter driving conditions with ice, snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wipers and Washers

E295997
A High sensitivity.
B Autowipers On.
C Low sensitivity.
Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the autowipers. When you select low sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a large amount of water on the windshield. When you select high sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a small amount of water on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the following:
· Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing on the windshield.
· Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
· Switch autowipers off.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash.

Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate. Autowipers Settings Autowipers defaults to on and remains on until you switch it off in the information display. When you switch off autowipers, the wipers operate in intermittent mode.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
E242323
Pull the lever toward you to operate the windshield washers.
E270967
When you release the lever, the wipers operate for a short time. When activated, a courtesy wipe occurs a short time after the wipers stop to clear any remaining washer fluid. Note: You can switch courtesy wipe on or off in the touchscreen. Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat.

66
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wipers and Washers

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS
Rear Window Wiper

Push the lever away from you to operate the rear window washer. When you release the lever, the wipers operate for a short time.
Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat.
Rear Camera Washer (If Equipped)
Switching on the rear washer also turns on the rear camera washer.

E242324
A Intermittent wipe. B Continuous wipe. C Rear window wiper off.
Depending on your vehicle, when you switch on the front wipers and move the gearshift lever to reverse (R), the rear intermittent wipe may turn on. Note: Make sure you switch the rear window wiper off before entering a car wash.
Rear Window Washer

E242432
67
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Lighting

GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in the Exterior Front Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are: · The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets). · A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation are: · A water puddle inside the lamp. · Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
Lighting Control Selections

Turn the dial to make a selection.
Note: The indicator illuminates next to the active selection.
Lamps off.

E265031

Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and rear lamps.
Autolamps.

E281240

Headlamps on.

E270968
Note: The lighting control defaults to autolamps every time you switch your vehicle on.

Switching High Beam Headlamps On and Off

E248603

Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on.

Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off.

E281337
68
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Lighting

Flashing High Beam Headlamps
E248604
Pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the high beam headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the headlamps on in low visibility conditions, for example daytime fog.
Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light situations or when the wipers operate.
Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position.
E281240
Note: The lighting control defaults to autolamps each time you switch your vehicle on. The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the touchscreen to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you cannot switch the high beams on until the system turns the low beams on.

Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps
When you switch the autolamps on, the headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of switching the wipers on. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on with the wipers:
· During a single wipe.
· When using the windshield washers.
· If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER

The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are on the lighting control.

E291299

Repeatedly press one of the buttons to adjust the brightness.

E296433
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you again or switching the ignition on.

69
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Lighting

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Make sure you switch the headlamps on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash.
The system turns the lamps on in daylight conditions.
To switch the system on, switch the lighting control to any position except headlamps.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or Off
Only switch the front fog lamps on during reduced visibility.
You can switch the front fog lamps on if any of the following occur: · You set the lighting control to the
parking lamps position. · You set the lighting control to the
headlamps position. · You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position and the headlamps are on.
The front fog lamp button is on the lighting control.
Press the button to switch the front fog lamps on or off.
Note: The brightness of the daytime running lamps may decrease when the front fog lamps are switched on.

Front Fog Lamp Indicator
It illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on.

REAR FOG LAMPS Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On or Off

WARNING: Do not use the rear fog lamps when it is raining or snowing and visibility is more than 50 m (164.0 ft).

You can switch the rear fog lamps on if any of the following occur:

· You switched the front fog lamps on.

· You set the lighting control to the headlamps position.

· You set the lighting control to the autolamps position and the headlamps are on.

The rear fog lamp button is on the lighting control.

E67040

Press the button to switch the rear fog lamps on or off.

Rear Fog Lamp Indicator

E67040

It illuminates when you switch the rear fog lamps on.

HEADLAMP LEVELING (IF
EQUIPPED)
This vehicle is equipped with a dynamic automatic leveling system. The headlamps do not require additional aim adjustment.

70
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Lighting

DIRECTION INDICATORS Switching the Direction Indicators On and Off

Front Interior Lamp

E242676
Push the lever up or down to switch the direction indicators on. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times. Set the lever to the middle position to switch the direction indicators off.
Direction Indicator
Flashes when you switch the direction indicators on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing warns of a failed indicator bulb.
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps turn on under the following conditions: · You open any door. · You press a button on the remote
control. · You press the all lamps on button on
the overhead console.

E281230
The front interior lamp switches are on the overhead console. Note: The position of each button on the overhead console depends on your vehicle.
All Lamps On or Off
Press to switch all interior lamps on or off.

Individual Map Lamps

E262193

Press to switch the left-hand individual dome lamp on and off.
Press to switch the right-hand individual dome lamp on and off.

Interior Lamp Function
Press to switch the interior lamp function on and off.
When the interior lamp function is off and you open a door, the courtesy and door lamps stay off.
When the interior lamp function is on and you open a door, the courtesy and door lamps turn on.
Note: The indicator lamp lights amber when the door function is off.

71
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Rear Interior Lamps

Lighting

E281231
The rear interior lamps may be above the rear seat or above the rear windows.
Press to switch the lamps on or off.
Note: If you switch the rear lamps on through the overhead console, you cannot switch them off with the rear lamp switch.

AMBIENT LIGHTING VEHICLES WITH: 8 INCH CENTER DISPLAY SCREEN

Use the touchscreen to select the following:

E280315

Select the settings option on the feature bar.

Select ambient lighting.

E280617

E280369
Switching Ambient Lighting On Touch a color once. Changing the Color Touch any color once. Adjusting the Brightness Drag the selected color up or down. Switching Ambient Lighting Off Touch the selected color once or drag the selected color down to zero brightness.

AMBIENT LIGHTING VEHICLES WITH: 10.1 INCH CENTER DISPLAY SCREEN

Use the touchscreen to select the following:

E280315

Select the settings option on the feature bar.

Select ambient lighting.

E280617

72
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Lighting
E280370
Switching Ambient Lighting On Touch a color once. Changing the Color Touch any color once. Adjusting the Brightness Drag the selected color left or right. Switching Ambient Lighting Off Touch the selected color once or drag the selected color left to zero brightness.
73
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Automatic High Beam Control (If Equipped)

WHAT IS AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
The system turns on high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present. If it detects an approaching vehicle's headlamps or tail lamps, or street lighting ahead, the system turns the high beams off. Low beams remain on.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle, continuously monitors conditions to turn the high beams on and off.
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL ON AND OFF

WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow.

Use the touchscreen to select the following:
1. Select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle. 3. Select Lighting.

Activating the Automatic High Beam Control

E281240

Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position. See Autolamps (page 69).

Note: The lighting control defaults to autolamps each time you switch your vehicle on.

When active, the high beams turn on if all the following conditions occur:
· The ambient light level is low enough.
· There is no traffic in front of your vehicle.
· The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
When active, the high beams turn off if at least one of the following conditions occur:
· The ambient light level is high enough that you do not require high beams.
· The system detects an approaching vehicle's headlamps or tail lamps.
· The system detects severe rain, snow or fog.
· A blocked vehicle camera.
· The vehicle speed falls below approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
Note: The deactivation speed is lower on curves.
Note: Certain curvy road situations may delay high beam reactivation.
Note: If you have a blocked sensor, the system may not operate properly. Keep the windshield free from obstruction or damage.
Note: The system may not operate properly in cold or inclement conditions. You can switch on the high beams by overriding the system.
Note: If the system detects a blockage, for example bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice, the system goes into low beam mode until you clear the blockage. If you have a blocked camera, a message may appear in the information display.
Note: Using much larger tires or equipping vehicle accessories such as snowplows can modify your vehicle's ride height and degrade automatic high beam control performance.

74
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Automatic High Beam Control (If Equipped)
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL INDICATORS
The indicator illuminates to confirm when the system is ready to assist.
OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the high beams on or off.
WARNING: You may need to override the system when approaching other road users.
WARNING: You may need to override the system during inclement weather.
E248603
Push the lever away from you to switch between high beam and low beam.
75
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

POWER WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the power windows, verify they are free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.
Press the control to open the window. Lift the control to close the window.
Note: If you hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise.
One-Touch Down
Note: One-touch down applies to the front windows only.
Fully press the switch and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Note: One-touch up applies to the front windows only.
Fully lift the switch and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window.
Resetting One-Touch Up
Start the engine.
1. Lift and hold the window switch until you fully close the door window. Continue to hold the switch for a few seconds after you close the window.
2. Release the window switch.

3. Press and hold the window switch until you fully open the door window.
4. Release the window switch. 5. Lift and hold the window switch until
you fully close the window. 6. Test for correct window operation by
carrying out the one-touch down and one-touch up features. Bounce-Back The window stops when closing. It reverses some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING: If you override bounce-back, the window does not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
The window stops if you release the switch before the window fully closes. Pull up the window switch and hold within a few seconds of the window reaching the bounce-back position. The window travels up with no bounce-back protection. Window Lock
E295318

76
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. It illuminates when you lock the rear window controls.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to open the windows with the ignition off. Note: You can enable or disable this feature in the information display, or see an authorized dealer. See General Information (page 89). Note: To operate this feature, accessory delay must not be active.
Remote Control Front Windows
After you unlock your vehicle with the remote control, you can open the windows for a short period of time. Press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows. Release the button once movement starts. Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

E295322
A Power-folding mirror control.
B Window lockout.
C Adjustment control.
D Right-hand mirror.
E Left-hand mirror.
To adjust your mirrors, switch your vehicle on with the ignition in accessory mode or the engine running and then: 1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control light turns on. 2. Use the adjustment control to adjust
the position of the mirror. 3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position.
Auto-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
The exterior mirrors fold in toward the glass after you place the transmission into park (P), turn off the vehicle and lock the vehicle. The exterior mirrors unfold and return to their driving position after you unlock the vehicle.

77
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

You can switch this feature on and off through the information display. See General Information (page 89).
You can fold the mirrors on demand by pressing the power-folding mirror control on the door. The control lights and the mirrors fold in toward the glass. Press the control again to unfold the mirrors. The control light turns off.
Note: If you use the power-folding control to fold the mirrors on demand with the auto fold feature on, you must use the control again to unfold them.
Loose Mirror
If you manually fold your power-folding mirrors, they may not work properly even after you re-position them. You need to reset them if:
· The mirrors vibrate when you drive.
· The mirrors feel loose.
· The mirrors do not stay in the folded or unfolded position.
· One of the mirrors is not in its normal driving position.
To reset the power-fold feature, use the power-folding mirror control to fold and unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud noise as you reset the power-folding mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this process as needed each time you manually fold the mirrors.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Exterior Mirrors (page 117).
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function. See Memory Function (page 124).

Auto-dimming Feature (If Equipped)
The driver exterior mirror dims when the interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.
Direction Indicator Mirrors (IfEquipped)
When the vehicle is running, the forward-facing portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you switch on the direction indicator.
Puddle Lamps (If Equipped)
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror housing light when you use your transmitter to unlock the doors or when you open a door.
360-Degree Camera (If Equipped)
See 360 Degree Camera (page 200).
Blind Spot Information System
See Blind Spot Information System (page 223).
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side.

78
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

Manual Dimming Mirror
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce the effect of bright light from behind.
Automatic Dimming Mirror(IfEquipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor.
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of bright light from behind. It returns to normal when the bright light from behind is no longer present or if you shift into reverse (R).
SUN VISORS

Illuminated Vanity Mirror
E162197
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
SUN SHADES Rear Side Windows

E138666
Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade.

E74809
Pull the blind up and attach it to the hooks A.

79
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Windows and Mirrors

MOONROOF
WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the moonroof. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the moonroof, verify that it is free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening.
The moonroof controls are on the overhead console and have a one-touch open and close feature. To stop it during one-touch operation, press the control a second time.
Opening and Closing the Moonroof

C Sunshade open. Press and release to open the sunshade. The sunshade opens with the moonroof. You can also manually open the sunshade with the moonroof closed.
D Sunshade close. Press and release to close the sunshade.
Note: The sunshade stops short of the fully open position for the comfort of rear passengers. To fully open the sunshade, press the control again.
Note: When closing, the sunshade stops at the first panel for the dual panel moonroof. Press and release again to continue to fully close the sunshade.

E295253
A Moonroof open. Press and release to open the moonroof.
B Moonroof vent or close. Press and release to vent or close the moonroof.
80
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Rear SunShade Opening and Closing (If Equipped)
E297640
A Sunshade close. Press and release to close the sunshade.
B Sunshade open. Press and release to open the sunshade. The sunshade opens with the moonroof. You can also manually open the sunshade with the moonroof closed.
Note: The rear sunshade open and close controls can be on the rear console or fold down armrest bezel. Note: The sunshade stops short of its fully opened position for the comfort of rear passengers. To fully open the sunshade, press the control again.
Bounce-Back The moonroof reverses some distance if it detects an obstacle when closing. To override this feature, press and hold the moonroof close control within two seconds after the roof comes to a stop following a bounce-back reversal.
81
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

GAUGES
Note: Clusters shown in single gauge view.

Note: Displays may appear slightly different depending on region.

E308148

A Gauge display. B Speedometer. C Information bar. D Information display. E Fuel gauge. F Battery gauge and vehicle driving range.

Gauge Display
Displays different gauge selections depending on supported options. Options include Tachometer and Engine Coolant Temperature.
Information Bar
Displays information related to the current audio source, navigation, outside air temperature and distance to empty.

Distance to Empty - Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern can cause the value to not only decrease but also increase or stay constant for periods of time.
Information Display
Information that appears depends on current gauge view and on-demand settings. See General Information (page 89).

82
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator will be in the normal range. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and sounds when the distance to empty reaches 120 km (75 mi) to empty for MyKey, and at 80 km (50 mi), 40 km (25 mi), 20 km (10 mi) and 0 km (0 mi) for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.

Battery Gauge
The high voltage battery gauge displays the total amount of charge associated with your available electric only driving range. A full fill represents the total amount of energy you can get from an external charge (plugging your vehicle in). When the fill reaches empty the powertrain system automatically switches to hybrid operation. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).
Vehicle Driving Range
E308653
Vehicle range indicates the estimated distance your vehicle will travel with the energy currently onboard. Estimates will vary based on the energy used while driving. Changes in driving pattern can cause the values to not only decrease but also increase or stay constant for periods of time. The amount of energy being used while driving is affected by: · Mild or aggressive acceleration or
braking. · Your vehicle speed. · Use of accessories such as climate
control. · Ambient temperature and other
weather conditions. · Driving in a city or on a highway. · Driving on hilly road conditions.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

Note: It is normal for vehicle range estimates to vary due to changes in average energy usage. This is why you typically see different range estimates each time you fill up your fuel tank or fully charge your battery.
Gasoline Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in the tank.
Electric Range
Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on electric power only with the engine off.
WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp, but do not display when you start your vehicle.
Adaptive Cruise Control
The speed control system indicator light changes color to E144524 indicate what mode the system is in. See How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With Stop and Go Work (page 203).
On (white light): Illuminates when you switch on the adaptive cruise control system. Turns off when the speed control system is turned off.

Engaged (green light): Illuminates when you engage the adaptive cruise control system. Turns off when you disengage the speed control system.

Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a system error. You continue to have the normal braking (without ABS) unless the brake system warning lamp also illuminates. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

Automatic High Beam Control
Illuminates when this feature is on. See Switching Automatic High Beam Control On and Off (page 74).

Auto Hold Active

E197933

Illuminates when the system holds your vehicle stationary.

Auto Hold Unavailable

E197934

Illuminates when the system is on, but unavailable to hold your vehicle stationary.

Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it indicates a system error. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately.

Blind Spot Monitor

Illuminates when you switch this

feature off or in conjunction with

E151262

a message. See Blind Spot

Information System (page 223).

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

Brake System Warning Lamp

WARNING: Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It may take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury.

Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
This lamp is a dual function lamp and illuminates when:
· You apply the parking brake with the ignition on.
· Your vehicle has a brake fault or low brake fluid level, regardless of parking brake position.
If the lamp illuminates when you are moving, you may have the E270480 parking brake applied. Make sure the parking brake is off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible if the lamp continues to illuminate.

Cruise Control

E71340

Illuminates when you switch this feature on.

Direction Indicator

Illuminates when you switch on the left or right direction indicator or the hazard flasher. If the indicators stay on or flash faster, check for a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb (page 281).

Door Ajar
Illuminates when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed.

Electric Park Brake

Illuminates or flashes when the

E146190

electric parking brake has a system error. See Electric

Parking Brake (page 178).

Engine or Motor Coolant Temperature
Illuminates when the engine or motor coolant temperature is high. Stop your vehicle as soon as possible, switch your vehicle off and let it cool. See Engine Coolant Check (page 272).

Engine Oil

If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving, this indicates a system error. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 270).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately.

EV Charge

E281479

Illuminates when you switch on this feature. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).

EV Later

E281477

Illuminates when you switch on this feature. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

EV Now

E281476

Illuminates when you switch on this feature. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).

Fasten Seatbelt

Illuminates and a tone sounds

to remind you to fasten your

E71880

seatbelt. See Seatbelt

Reminder (page 30).

Fasten Rear Seatbelt

Illuminates and a tone sounds

to signal the rear seatbelts are

E206718

not fastened.

Front Airbag

If it fails to illuminate when you

start your vehicle, continues to

E67017

flash or remains on, it indicates

there is a system error. Have the system

checked as soon as possible.

Front Fog Lamps
Illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on.

Frost Warning Lamp (If Equipped)

WARNING: Even if the temperature rises to above 4°C (39°F) there is no guarantee that the road is free of hazards caused by inclement weather.
Illuminates when the outside air temperature is 4°C (39°F) or below.

High Beam
Illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on. It flashes when you use the headlamp flasher.
Hill Descent
Illuminates when you switch hill descent on.

Hood Ajar

E246598

Illuminates when the ignition is on and the hood is not completely closed.

Lamps On
Illuminates when you switch the low beam headlamps or the parking lamps on.

Liftgate Ajar

E162453

Illuminates when the liftgate is not completely closed.

Low Beam Warning

E181350

Illuminates when the low beam headlamp bulb is not functioning properly.

Low Fuel Level
Illuminates when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel as soon as possible.

86
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

Low Tire Pressure Warning
Illuminates when your tire pressure is low. If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving, check your tire pressure as soon as possible.
It also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

Low Washer Fluid

E132353

Illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is low.

Powertrain Fault

Illuminates when the system detects a powertrain or an 4WD fault. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Rear Fog Lamps (If Equipped)

E67040

Illuminates when you switch the rear fog lamps on.

Ready to Drive (If Equipped)
Illuminates when you switch on the vehicle and it is ready to E224090 drive. A corresponding message may appear stating ready to drive.

Service Engine Soon
It illuminates when you switch the ignition on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether your vehicle is ready for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.

Normally, it illuminates until the engine is cranked and automatically turns off if no system errors are present. However, if after 15 seconds it flashes eight times, this indicates that your vehicle is not ready for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing. See Catalytic Converter (page 153).
If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a system error. The On Board Diagnostics system has detected an error in the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Failure to respond to the warning lamp may cause component damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Speed Limiter

E172886

Illuminates when you switch on the speed limiter system.

Stability Control

It flashes when the system is active. If it remains illuminated E138639 or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, this indicates a system error. During a system error the system switches off. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately. See Using Stability Control (page 189).

Stability Control Off
Illuminates when you switch the system off. It goes out when you E130458 switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off. See Using Stability Control (page 189).

87
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Instrument Cluster

Stop Safely Now
Illuminates if an electrical component requires service or a E144693 failure that causes your vehicle to shutdown or enter into a limited operating mode. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Traffic Sign Recognition Speed Limit (If Equipped)
Illuminates when the current speed limit is detected by the E181348 traffic sign recognition system. If the traffic sign speed warning is enabled, the light flashes when you have exceeded the speed limit detected by the traffic sign recognition system.
Vehicle Plugged in
Illuminates when your vehicle is plugged in. A corresponding E228962 message may display after attempting to start your vehicle.

Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver's door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.
Automatic Transmission Warning Chime
Sounds when you have not moved the transmission selector lever to position P. A message will be shown in the display.

AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
Engine On Warning Chime
A warning chime will sound when any door is opened if the vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed.
Keyless Warning Alert
Sounds the horn twice when you exit the vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN, indicating the vehicle is still on.

88
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

GENERAL INFORMATION

Return Button
Use the return button to go back or to exit.
OK Button
Use the OK button to make a selection. You can also use it to scroll through a menu.
Menu Button
Use the menu button on the main screen to display the submenu.
12 Inch Display Menu
This icon gives you the ability to switch a feature on or off. A E204495 check in the box indicates the feature is on, and unchecked indicates the feature is off.
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
Note: Some MyKey menu options only appear if MyKey is enabled and at least one MyKey is programmed.

E250032
A Return button. B OK button. C Menu button.
89
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Select Screens
Select Screens Menu options covered in Personalized Settings. See Personalized Settings (page 91).

Audio
Audio Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 331).

Navigation
Navigation Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 331).

Phone
Phone Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 331).

Settings

Brake coach Oil life
Tyre pressure monitor neutral towing

Settings
Percent Oil Life Indication XXX% Hold Ok to Reset Hold Ok to Reset Hold Ok to Initialize

Note: Additional vehicle settings are available through your touchscreen. See Settings (page 356).

90
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Display Setup

Add tachometer to view

Speedometer units

Driving History 1 1 Hybrid only

Select Your Setting

Note: Additional display settings are available through your touchscreen. See Settings (page 356).

The information shown is the same as the This Trip on demand screen. See Personalized Settings (page 91).

Hybrid Display Information (If
Equipped)
Unique hybrid vehicle information displays on your information display when you shut off your vehicle or come to a stop.
Brake Coach
The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle has come to a stop. It coaches you to brake in a manner that maximizes the amount of energy returned through the regenerative braking system.
The percent displayed is an indication of the regenerative braking efficiency with 100% representing the maximum amount of energy recovery. Brake Coach can be turned on or off in the settings menu.
Trip Summary
The trip summary displays upon shutting off your vehicle. The values are cumulative since you last started your vehicle.

Vehicle Charging Status
For plug-in vehicles only, vehicle charging status displays when you turn on your vehicle while plugged in. Charging status includes the charge start or charge end time as appropriate. You can modify your vehicles charge settings through the touchscreen.
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Select one of these options to display on your main screen.
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
Note: EV Now information is only available when in EV Now mode.

Calm screen Fuel economy Trip computer 1

Select Screens

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Trip computer 2

Select Screens

This Trip 1

EV Coach 1

Electric Efficiency 1 Tyre pressure Intelligent AWD Off road Trailer light check Seatbelts

Auto StartStop2 Now playing

EV Now1
1 Hybrid only 2 Non-hybrid only
After making your selection · Some features offer more information. Press the OK button.
Note: Press and hold the OK button on the controls on the steering wheel to reset your trip information.

Fuel Economy
An Instant Fuel Economy gauge is provided along with average fuel economy. Average fuel economy is continuously averaged since the last reset.

Hybrid features:
· When the gasoline engine is off the instant fuel economy gauge is replaced with a electric driving message.
· For Plug-in vehicles, both electric only and hybrid operation are included in the calculation. More electric only driving will result in greater average fuel economy.
Note: Press and hold the OK button on the controls on the steering wheel to reset your trip information.

92
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Trip 1 and 2
Provides trip timer, trip average fuel economy and total trip distance traveled. For hybrid vehicles, the trip also shows the distance traveled on electric power only.
Hybrid Information (If Equipped)
This Trip
Provides trip timer, trip average fuel economy, total trip distance traveled, and distance traveled on electric power only with the engine off. If the gasoline engine has not turned on during the trip then trip average fuel economy is not shown. This Trip automatically resets each time you start your vehicle.
EV Coach
EV Coach can help you to get the most out of your vehicle's electric driving and regenerative braking capabilities.
When you are accelerating or maintaining speed you will see a blue or white solid bar indicating vehicle power. You may also see a blue rectangular box which shows the power level at which the engine will turn on.
· When your power level is within the box the color of the bar will be blue. This means you are in Electric operation and the engine is off.
· When your power level is outside of the box the color of the bar will be white. This means you are in Hybrid operation with a combination of the electric motor and the engine providing vehicle power.

When you are decelerating with either your foot off the accelerator pedal or on the brake pedal you will see a green or white solid bar indicating the power being used to slow down the vehicle. You may also see a green rectangular box which shows the amount of power that can be recaptured by the regenerative braking system and returned to the high voltage battery.
· When your power level is completely within the box the color of the bar will be all green. This means that the regenerative braking system is being used to efficiently slow the vehicle down and return the maximum percentage of energy to the high voltage battery.
· When your power level is outside of the green box then the bar will be white. This means that both the regenerative braking system and conventional braking system are being used.
Electric Efficiency
Note: This feature applies to Plug-in vehicles only.
This screen shows your average driving distance per kWh of electricity used on your plug-in hybrid vehicle. The value is calculated only when your available electric range is being used and the gasoline engine is off.
Distance per full charge is also shown. This is an estimate of the electric range you would have if you plugged in and fully charged your vehicle right now. The higher your electric efficiency, the higher your distance per full charge.

93
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Your electric efficiency is affected by your driving style and route, climate control use, outside temperature and other factors. Best efficiency is achieved in mild ambient temperatures with mild to moderate acceleration and braking, moderate speeds and low climate control usage.

INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type, not all of the messages display or will be available. Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have.
Active Park (If Equipped)

E222314
Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time.
Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus.

Message
Active Park malfunction

Action
The system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Message

Action

Adaptive cruise malfunction
Front sensor not aligned

A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging. See Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages (page
213).

Adaptive cruise not available

Conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly. See Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages
(page 213).

Adaptive cruise not available
Sensor blocked See manual

The radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice/mud/water in front of radar. Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Adaptive Cruise Control
Information Messages (page 213).

94
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Cruise control active Adaptive
braking off

Displayed when the automatic braking has been disabled.

Adaptive cruise Driver resume
control

Displayed when the adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver.

Adaptive cruise Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive

Speed too low to

cruise.

activate

AdvanceTracTM and Traction Control

Message

Action

ESC Service required

The system detects a condition that requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

ESC off

The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switched it off.

ESC on

The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switched it on.

ESC off in 4x4 low

The system is off while the vehicle is in 4x4 low.

ESC Sport mode The status of the AdvanceTrac sport mode after you switched it on.

Traction control The status of the traction control system after you switched it off. off

Traction control on The status of the traction control system after you switched it on.

Alarm

Message
Vehicle alarm Start vehicle to
stop alarm

Action
Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 60).

95
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Battery and Charging System (12 volt)

Message

Action

Check Charging The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or

system

continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as possible.

Charging system The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or Service soon continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as possible.

Charging system The charging system needs servicing. Have the system checked as

Service now

soon as possible.

Battery state of charge low

The battery management system determines that the 12V battery is at a low state of charge. Start the engine to charge the battery or charge the battery using an aftermarket battery charger. This message clears once you restart your vehicle and the battery state
of charge has recovered.

Turn power off to save battery

The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn the ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once the vehicle has
been started and the battery state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-
charge recovery.

Battery and Charging System (High Voltage) (If Equipped)

Message

Action

Vehicle plugged Your vehicle needs confirmation it is unplugged before allowing a

in? Yes No

start. You must make sure your vehicle is unplugged and you

respond to the message prompt before starting your vehicle.

Unplug prior to Your vehicle detects it is still plugged in after you attempt to start starting vehicle it.

EV now All electric You selected EV Now mode with the EV button. driving

EV later {###}% You selected EV Later mode with the EV button. electric energy saved for later

EV charge Battery You selected EV Charge mode with the button. charged by engine

Auto EV normal You selected Auto EV mode with the EV button. operation

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Engine enabled due to defrost
setting

Your vehicle enables the engine due to the climate control defrost setting. This is normal operation.

Press EV button For full defrost heat press the EV button to select either EV Later for full defrost or EV Auto. The engine may run to provide more cabin heat.

Engine enabled for Your vehicle enables the engine for system performance. This is system perform- normal operation.
ance

Press OK to enable You can press OK to enable the engine temporarily for increased

engine

performance when in EV Now mode.

Stop safely now

Displays when the stop safely hazard warning lamp is illuminated. This indicates an electrical component fault/failure that will cause the vehicle to shut down or enter into limited operating mode. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the vehicle off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System (If Equipped)

Message

Action

BLIS malfunction A system error has occurred. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

BLIS not available Sensor blocked See manual

The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information System (page 223).

Cross traffic alert The system detects a vehicle and automatically applied the brakes. Applying brakes

Cross Traffic not available Sensor
blocked See manual

The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked. See Cross Traffic Alert (page 227).

97
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Cross traffic A system error has occurred. Have the system checked as soon as

system malfunc-

possible.

tion

Cross traffic alert The system automatically turns off and displays this message when

deactivated Trailer you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have a trailer blind

attached

spot system or when you switch the trailer blind spot system off

through the information display. See Cross Traffic Alert (page

227).

BLIS deactivated Trailer attached

The system automatically turns off and displays this message when you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have a trailer blind
spot system or when you switch the trailer blind spot system off through the information display. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 223).

Doors and Locks

Message

Action

Driver door open

The driver door is not completely closed.

Passenger door open

The passenger door is not completely closed.

Rear left door open

The rear left door is not completely closed.

Rear right door open

The rear right door is not completely closed.

Liftgate open

The liftgate is not completely closed.

Bonnet open

The hood is not completely closed.

Switches inhibited Security mode

The system has disabled the door switches.

Doors locked Unlock before
opening

Displays when the door lock is turned on and you attempt to open the door.

Driver door malfunction Use
inside override lever in map pocket

Indicates a driver door fault that requires manually opening the door by the override lever. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Door malfunction Indicates a fault with the electronic door system. Have the system

Service required

checked as soon as possible.

Child lock

There is a system malfunction with the child locks. Have the system

malfunction

checked as soon as possible.

Service required

Child lock on

Indicates that the rear seat interior door release switches and power windows are switched off, preventing rear seat occupants from opening the doors or windows.

Child lock off

Indicates that the rear seat interior door release switches and power windows are switched on.

Factory keypad code {factory keypad code:# # #
# #}

The factory keypad code displays in the information display after the system resets the keypad. See Passive Anti-Theft System
(page 60).

Driver Alert
Message
Driver fatigue warning Rest now
Driver fatigue warning Rest
suggested

Action Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.
Take a rest soon.

Fuel

Message

Action

Fuel level low An early reminder of a low fuel condition.

Check fuel fill inlet The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.

Fuel door opening Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes.

99
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Fuel door open The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin to refuel.

Close fuel door to A reminder to close the fuel door. Failure to follow this instruction avoid ""Check can cause the check engine light to illuminate. Engine"" light

Refuel error See There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle. manual

Hill Descent Control (If Equipped)

Message

Action

Hill descent control off

Displays when you deactivate hill descent control mode.

For hill descent slow to 20 mph or
less

Displays when hill descent speed exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph).

For hill descent slow to 32km/h or
less

Displays when hill descent speed exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph).

For hill descent Displays when hill descent control mode requires you to shift the

select gear

transmission into gear.

Hill descent control Driver resume control

Displays when the hill control mode requires you to resume control.

Hill Descent Control Malfunc-
tion

Displays when a hill descent system fault is present.

Hill Descent Control Off System Cooling

Displays when you disable the hill descent control mode to cool the brake system.

Hill descent control ready

Displays when hill descent control mode is ready.

Hill descent control active

Displays when you activate the hill descent control mode.

100
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Hill Start Assist

Message

Action

Hill start assist not Hill start assist is not available. Have the system checked as soon

available

as possible. See Hill Start Assist (page 180).

Keys and Passive Key

Message

Action

Press brake to start

A reminder to press the brake while starting your vehicle.

No key detected The system does not detect the key. See Keyless Starting (page 138).

Restart now or key The Start Stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and a passive

is needed

key is not detected inside your vehicle.

Full accessory power active

Your vehicle is in the accessory ignition state.

Starting system malfunction

There is a problem with your vehicle's starting system. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Key program successful

During spare key programming, a passive key is programmed to the system.

Maximum number During spare key programming, the maximum number of keys have

of keys learned

been programmed.

Key program failure

Displayed during spare key programming, when a passive key has failed to be programmed.

Not enough keys Displayed during spare key programming when not enough keys

learned

have been programmed.

Key battery low Displays when the key battery is low. Change the battery as soon

Replace soon

as possible.

Vehicle switched off

Displays when the vehicle is switched off.

Vehicle is ON

Informs you that upon exiting your vehicle that the vehicle is still on.

101
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Lane Keeping System (If Equipped)

Message

Action

Lane keeping system malfunc-
tion Service required

The system has malfunctioned. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Front camera temporarily not
available

The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to be temporarily unavailable.

Front camera Low The system has detected a condition that requires the windshield

visibility Clean

to be cleaned to operate properly.

screen

Front camera The system has malfunctioned. Have the system checked as soon

malfunction

as possible.

Service required

Keep hands on The system requests the driver to keep their hands on the steering

steering wheel

wheel.

Maintenance

Message

Action

Engine oil pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the engine.

low

Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on

with your engine running, have the system checked as soon as

possible.

Change engine oil soon

The engine oil life is low and needs to be changed soon.

Oil change required

The engine oil life is low and needs to be changed immediately.

Brake fluid level low

The brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 277).

Check brake system

The brake system needs servicing. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Engine coolant

The engine coolant temperature is excessively high. Stop your

overtemperature vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the vehicle off. Have

your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

102
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Washer fluid level low

The washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled.

Transport mode Indicates that your vehicle is still in Transport mode. This may not Contact dealer allow some features to operate properly. Have the system checked
as soon as possible.

Factory mode Contact dealer

Indicates that your vehicle is still in Factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate properly. Have the system checked
as soon as possible.

See manual

Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction.

Power reduced to The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine temper-

lower engine

ature.

temperature

Brake applied Power reduced

The brake system has reduced stopping power.

Motor coolant overtemperature

The motor electronics are overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off your vehicle and let it cool. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as possible.

Engine on due to EV functionality is disabled and the engine is running to maintain low use Normal oil quality. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).
operation

MyKey

Message

Action

MyKey not created

You cannot program a MyKey.

MyKey active Drive safely

MyKey is active.

Speed limited to {my key limit XXXX} km/h

When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use, displays that the MyKey speed limit is on.

Vehicle near top speed

MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 130 km/h (81 mph).

MyKey Vehicle at top speed

You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey.

103

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message
Check speed Drive safely
Buckle up to unmute audio
MyKey ESC on
MyKey Traction control on
MyKey Park Pilot cannot be deactiv-
ated
MyKey Lane keeping alert on

Action You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit.
Belt-Minder turns on with a MyKey in use. With a MyKey in use, AdvanceTrac turns on. With a MyKey in use, traction control turns on. With a MyKey in use, park aid is always on.
With a MyKey in use, lane keeping alert turns on.

Park Aid

Message

Action

Check front Park The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your

Pilot

vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check rear Park Pilot

The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Rear Park Pilot not The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front

available Sensor of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Rear

blocked See

Parking Aid (page 192).

manual

Front Park Pilot not available
sensor blocked See Manual

The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Front
Parking Aid (page 194).

Park Pilot not available sensor
blocked See Manual

The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Prin-
ciple of Operation (page 192).

Front Park Pilot On Off

Displays the park aid status.

Rear Park Pilot On Off

Displays the park aid status.

104

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Park Brake

Message

Action

Park brake applied The parking brake is set, the engine is running and you drive your vehicle more than 5 km/h (3 mph). If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released, have the system checked as soon as possible.

Park brake Press The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is attempted

brake and switch

without the brake pedal being pressed.

to release

Park brake Use

The electric parking brake is set and an automatic release is

switch to release attempted but cannot be performed. Perform a manual release.

Release park brake The electric parking brake is set and your vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3 mph). Release park brake before continued driving.

Park brake not applied

The electric parking brake is not fully applied.

Park Brake not released

The electric parking brake is not fully released.

Park brake Main- The electric parking brake system has been put into a special mode tenance mode that is used to allow service of the rear brakes. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Park brake Limited The electric park brake system has detected a condition that

function Service requires service. Some functionality may still be available. Have the

required

system checked as soon as possible.

Park brake malfunction Service now

The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Park brake System Numerous park brake applies have overheated the system. Wait 2

overheated

minutes before attempting to apply again.

105
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Power Steering

Message

Action

Steering malfunc- The power steering system has detected a condition that requires

tion Service now

service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Steering loss Stop The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a

safely

safe place. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Steering assist malfunction
Service required

The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system or passive entry or passive start system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Steering Lock Malfunction Service Now

The steering lock system has detected a condition that requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Pre-Collision Assist

Message

Action

Pre-collision assist You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or water not available in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to
Sensor blocked resolve.

Pre-collision assist A fault with the system has occurred. Have the system checked as not available soon as possible.

Remote Start (If Equipped)

Message
To drive: Press brake and gear
shift button

Action
Displays as a reminder to apply the brake and push the gear shift button to drive the vehicle after a remote start.

106
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Seats

Message

Action

Occupant sensor blocked Remove
objects near passenger seat

Objects are by the passenger seat. After the objects are moved away from the seat, if the warning stays on or continues to come
on have the system checked as soon as possible.

Memory recall not Displays as a reminder that memory seats are not available while

permitted while

driving.

driving

Memory {0} saved Displays to show where your memory setting has been saved.

Starting System

Message
Press brake to start
Cranking time exceeded
Engine start pending Please
wait
Pending start cancelled

Action Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake.
Displays when the starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start the vehicle.
Displays when the starter is attempting to start the vehicle.
Displays when the pending start has been cancelled.

107
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Message

Action

Tyre pressure low One or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 300).

Tyre pressure The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the warning

monitor malfunc- stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon

tion

as possible. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 300).

Tyre pressure sensor malfunc-
tion

A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or your spare tire is in use. For more information on how the system operates under these
conditions, See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 300). If the warning stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as possible.

Trailer (If Equipped)

Message Trailer connected
Trailer disconnected
Trailer sway Reduce speed
Wiring malfunction on trailer
Trailer left indicator lights malfunction Check lights
Trailer right indicator lights malfunction Check lights
Trailer battery not charging See manual
Trailer lighting module malfunction See manual

Action
A correct trailer connection is sensed during a given ignition cycle.
A trailer connection becomes disconnected, either intentionally or unintentionally, and
has been sensed during a given ignition cycle.
The trailer sway control has detected trailer sway.
There are certain faults in your vehicle wiring and trailer wiring/brake system. See
Towing a Trailer (page 244).
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your lamp.
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your lamp.
There is a fault with your trailer battery. See Towing a Trailer (page 244).
There is a fault with your vehicle trailer lighting module. See Towing a Trailer
(page 244).

108
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Transmission

Message

Action

Shift to Park

You switched the engine off and shift select lever is in any position other than park (P).

Transmission

Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you drive.

warming up Please

wait

Press brake pedal

Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed.

Transmission over- The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe

temperature Stop

place as soon as it's possible.

safely

Transmission Service required

Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Transmission too The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe

hot Press brake

place as soon as it's possible.

Transmission limited function
See manual

The transmission has limited functionality. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Transmission not in Park

A reminder to shift into park. In addition, this message is typical after reconnecting or recharging the battery until you cycle the ignition to the on mode. See Changing the 12V Battery (page
278).

Shift malfunction Confirm park brake
Apply before exiting the vehicle

Displays when there is a system fault and the park brake needs to be depressed before exiting the vehicle. Have the system checked
as soon as possible.

Shift malfunction Service required

Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Shift malfunction Vehicle is shifting
to Park

Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is shifting to park. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Shift malfunction Reverse not avail-
able Service Required

Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is shifting to reverse. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

109
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

Message

Action

Shift malfunction Drive not available Select S for drive
Service required

Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Shift malfunction Neutral not avail-
able Service required

Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Shift malfunction Sport not available
Service required

Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Invalid gear selection

Displays when an invalid gear has been selected.

Depress brake to Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed to enable

shift from Park

the transmission to shift from park.

Neutral tow engaged Turn ignition off for towing

Reminder to switch off the ignition while in neutral tow.

Neutral tow engaged Depress brake and select Park to exit Neutral
tow

Displays when neutral hold is active and you want to exit neutral tow.

Neutral tow Remove park brake for towing

Reminder to remove park brake while in neutral tow.

Neutral tow disengaged

Displays when the neutral tow is off.

Neutral tow enabled Leave transmission in
neutral

Displays when neutral tow is on.

110
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Information Displays

4WD

Message

Action

AWD overheated The four wheel drive system has automatically disabled itself due

Temp. disabled

to the system overheating.

4WD temporarily The four wheel drive system is locking up the torque transfer clutch

locked

to help reduce clutch temperature.

AWD off

The four wheel drive system has automatically disabled itself due to the system overheating or you are using the spare tire.

AWD restored

The four wheel drive system resumes normal function and clears this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re-
installed or after the system cools.

AWD malfunction Service required

The four wheel drive system is not operating properly and the powertrain fault indicator illuminates. If the warning stays illuminated or continues to illuminate, have the system checked as soon
as possible.

Change 4WD power transfer unit
lube

Displayed when the transfer case fluid requires service.

4WD power Displayed when the transfer case fluid has been changed and reset

transfer unit lube

to new.

set to new

111
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Climate Control

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL

E286493

Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.
Note: You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius.
Note: You can control some of the climate features through the touchscreen.
Note: For Hybrid Electric Vehicles and Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicles, the air conditioning compressor may run, and you may feel airflow when the climate control is off to provide cooling to the battery.

Accessing the Air Distribution Controls

Press and release the button to activate the selection screen.
E265283
From the screen, switch directed air from the windshield, instrument panel or footwell vents on or off. You can direct air through any combination of these vents. See Climate (page 341).

Accessing the Menu

E265038

Press and release the button to access different climate features.

Smart Zone - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)

If there is not an occupant in the front passenger seat, the climate control system may default to single zone to improve fuel economy, if you were previously in dual zone operation. When this occurs, dual zone turns off and the passenger set point changes to match the driver set point.
Press the dual zone button on the touchscreen or adjust the passenger set point to use dual zone operation without a passenger present. The system remains in dual zone operation until you switch the vehicle off.
You can disable or re-enable the Smart Zone feature by pressing and holding the dual zone button on the touchscreen. Both set point displays begin flashing to signify when the feature disables. The system returns to previous state after you release the dual zone button.

Accessing Rear Climate Controls

E270447

Press and release the button to access additional controls for the rear climate system.

Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Press and release + or - to adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

112
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Climate Control

Setting the Temperature
E266187
E266186
Press the toggle button on the left-hand side of the climate control upward or downward to set the left-hand temperature. Note: This control also adjusts the right-hand side temperature when you switch off dual zone mode. Press the toggle button on the right-hand side of the climate control upward or downward to set the right-hand temperature.
Auto Mode Indicator Status

Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Press and release the button to switch on automatic operation. Repeatedly press the button to adjust auto mode.
The system adjusts the blower motor speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air to reach and maintain the temperature you have set.
Under high humidity conditions, the system adjusts the blower motor speed, air distribution and air conditioning operation to reduce window fogging.
Note: The system starts at the previous setting when you switch on AUTO mode.
Note: You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds.

Auto Mode Indicator Status
One indicator illuminated.

Description
· The blower motor speed is reduced. · Use this setting to minimize the amount of noise from the blower motor. · This setting increases the time taken to cool the interior.

Two indicators illumin- · ated.
Three indicators illumin- · ated.

The blower motor speed is moderate.
The blower motor speed is increased. · Use this setting to reduce the time taken to cool the
interior. · This setting increases the amount of noise from the
blower motor.

113
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Climate Control

Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off
Press and release the button.
Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions, for example, maximum defrost, the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though you switch off the air conditioning. Note: The A/C LED light may turn on and off based on the temperature setting or the current conditions.
Switching the Climate Control On and Off
Press and release the button.
Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On and Off
Press and release the button for maximum cooling.
The driver and passenger temperatures are set to LO, recirculated air flows through the instrument panel air vents, air conditioning turns on and the blower motor adjusts to the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off
Press and release the button for maximum defrosting.
The driver and passenger temperatures are set to HI, air flows through the windshield air vents, and the blower motor adjusts to the highest speed.

Note: Depending on your region, air conditioning turns on.
You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns on when you select maximum defrost.
Switching Recirculated Air On and Off
Press and release the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior, when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically, or prevent you from switching on in all air flow modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on and off automatically in various air distribution control combinations to improve heating or cooling efficiency.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.

114

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Climate Control

Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary. Automatic mode is best recommended to maintain set temperature.
Note: The system adjusts to heat or cool the interior to the temperature you select as quickly as possible.
Note: For the system to function efficiently, the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold outside temperatures, the system directs air flow to the windshield and side window air vents. In addition, the blower motor may run at a slower speed until the engine warms up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot temperatures and the inside of the vehicle is hot, the system uses recirculated air to maximize interior cooling. Blower motor speed may also reduce until the air cools.
Quickly Heating the Interior
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the setting you prefer.
Recommended Settings for Heating
1. Press and release AUTO.

2. Adjust the temperature function to the setting you prefer. Use 22°C (72°F) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.
Quickly Cooling the Interior 1. Press and release MAX A/C. Recommended Settings for Cooling 1. Press and release AUTO. 2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 22°C (72°F) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather 1. Press and release defrost or maximum defrost. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the setting you prefer. Use 22°C (72°F) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS
E289989
Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.

115
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Climate Control

Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents
Press and release the button to E244097 direct airflow to the overhead air
vents.
Directing Air to the Rear Footwell Air Vents
Press and release the button to direct airflow to rear footwell air vents.
Rear Climate Control Lock Indicator
When illuminated, you can only operate the rear passenger settings through the front controls.
Setting the Rear Blower Motor Speed

Setting the Rear Temperature
E265862
Turn the control to set the temperature in the rear passenger compartment. Switching the Rear Climate Control On and Off
Press and release the button.

Switching the Rear Heated Seats On and Off (If Equipped)
See Heated Seats (page 129).

E265389
Turn the control to adjust the volume of air circulated in the rear passenger compartment.

HEATED WINDSHIELD
Press the button to clear the windshield of thin ice and fog. The heated windshield turns off after a short period of time.
Note: Make sure that the engine is running before switching the heated windshield on.
Note: The system does not operate if the battery charge level is low.

116
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Climate Control

Windshield Wiper De-Icer

E184884

When you switch the heated rear window on, the windshield wiper de-icer turns on.

HEATED REAR WINDOW
Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog. The E184884 heated rear window turns off after a short period of time.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage to the heated rear window grid lines.
HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS
When you switch the heated rear window on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused to the mirror housing or glass.

117
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Interior Air Quality
WHAT IS THE CABIN AIR FILTER
The cabin air filter improves the quality of air in your vehicle by trapping dust, pollen and other particles.
REPLACING THE CABIN AIR FILTER
Replace the filter at regular intervals. The cabin air filter is behind the glove compartment. To remove the lower glove compartment and access the filter: 1. Open the glove compartment.
E311296
2. Press the tab on each side. 3. Fully lower the glove compartment. 4. Pull the glove compartment toward
you.
118
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION
WARNING: Do not recline the seat backrest too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not place objects higher than the top of the seat backrest. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

We recommend that you follow these guidelines:
· Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible.
· Do not recline the seat backrest so that your torso is more than 30 degree from the upright position.
· Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable.
· Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 25 cm (10 in) between your breastbone and the airbag cover.
· Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.
· Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.
· Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS

E68595
When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash.

WARNING: Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving.

119
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

WARNING: The head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the head restraint properly could reduce its effectiveness during certain impacts.
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Adjusting the Head Restraints Front Seat Head Restraints
E291139
The head restraints consist of: A An energy absorbing head restraint. B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve adjust and release button.
Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up.

Lowering the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold the C button. 2. Push the head restraint down. Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint (If Equipped)
E286400
The head restraints consist of: A An energy absorbing head restraint. B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve adjust and release buttons.
Removing the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold the C buttons. 2. Pull the head restraint up. Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks.

120
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

Second Row Outermost Seat Head Restraints

Third Row Seat Head Restraints

E333253
The head restraints consist of:
A An energy absorbing head restraint.
B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve unlock and remove
buttons.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold the C buttons. 2. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks.

E286397
The head restraints consist of:
A An energy absorbing head restraint.
B Two steel stems. C Fold strap.
Folding the Head Restraint Pull the fold strap (C). Pull the head restraint back up to reset. Note: Press the stow or fold button on the power folding seats to fold the head restraint.
POWER SEATS
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position.

121
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

10-Way Seat Controls

Seats

E176038
Adjusting the Lumbar Support (If
Equipped)
E176039
122
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

8-Way Seat Controls

Seats

E291152
Adjusting the Multi-Contour Front Seats With Active Motion (If Equipped) Note: The engine must be running or the vehicle must be in accessory mode to activate the seats. Note: Allow a few seconds for any selection to activate. The seat backrest and cushion massage cannot function at the same time.
E156301
123
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

Massage Mode

Lumbar and Bolster Mode

Back massage intensity

Upper lumbar

adjustment

Massage intensity decrease

Lumbar decrease

and off*

Cushion massage intensity

Lower lumbar**

adjustment

Massage intensity increase

Lumbar increase

On and off

*The massage feature defaults to an
alternating massage mode with back massage intensity adjustment. The lumbar and bolster feature defaults to the middle lumbar mode.
**Press C a second time to adjust the back
bolster. Press C a third time to adjust the cushion bolster.
You can also adjust this feature through the touchscreen. When switched on, the system displays directions for you to adjust the lumbar settings in your seat or to set the massage function.

· Driver seat. · Power mirrors. · Optional power adjustable foot pedals. · Optional power adjustable steering
column.
The memory control is on the driver door.

MEMORY FUNCTION

WARNING: Before activating the memory seat, make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts.
WARNING: Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving.
This feature recalls the position of the following:

E142554
Saving a Preset Position
1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Adjust the memory features to your
preferred position. 3. Press and hold the preferred preset
button until you hear a single tone.
You can save up to three preset memory positions at any time.

124
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

Recalling a Preset Position
Press the preset button. The memory features move to the position stored for that preset.
Note: You can only recall a preset memory position when the ignition is off, or when the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N) and the vehicle is not moving if the ignition is on.
You can also recall a preset memory position by:
· Pressing the unlock button on your passive key if you have it linked to a preset position.
· Unlocking the intelligent driver door handle if a linked remote control is present.
Note: Using a linked remote control to recall your memory position when the ignition is off moves the seat to the easy entry position.
Note: Pressing any active memory feature adjustment control, or any memory button during a memory recall, cancels the operation.
Linking a Preset Position to your Passive Key
You can save preset memory positions for up to three passive keys.
1. With the ignition on, move the memory positions to the preferred positions.
2. Press and hold the preferred preset button for about five seconds. A tone sounds after about two seconds. Continue holding until you hear a second tone.
3. Within three seconds, press the lock button on the remote control you are linking.

Note: If more than one linked passive key is in range, the memory function moves to the settings of the first remote control to recall a memory position.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature
If you enable the easy entry and exit feature, it moves the driver seat position rearward up to 5 cm (2 in) when you switch the ignition off.
The driver seat returns to the previous position when you switch the ignition on.
You can enable or disable this feature through the information display. See Information Displays (page 89).
REAR SEATS
Adjusting the Second Row Rear Seats
WARNING: Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat backrest too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in personal injury in the event of a crash.

125
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adjusting the Seat Backrest

Seats
Moving the Seat Backward and Forward - If Equipped

E190838
Adjusting the Second Row Seats for Easy Entry

E281809
Lift the handle and adjust the seat backrest rearward or forward. Folding the Seat Backrest Flat
E281813
Lift the handle and fold the seat backrest forward until it is flat. Note: For bench seats, make sure that you unbuckle the center seatbelt before folding the seat backrest.

WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle with a seat that is unlatched or in the folded position. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat backrest before returning it to the original position. Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that it has fully latched after returning the seat backrest to its original position. An unlatched seat may become dangerous if you stop suddenly or have a crash.
WARNING: Do not adjust a seat or release a seat floor latch when the vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in a sudden stop or crash.
Note: You may have to move the front row seat forward to allow the second row seat to be fully folded.

126
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

Note: You can move the second row outermost seats forward to allow access to the third row seats.
This feature allows for easier entry and exit to and from the third row seat.

3. To return the seat to the seating position, push the seat backrest and move the track rearward. Make sure the seat backrest locks in the upright position.
Folding the Second Row Center Seat

E281814
1. Lift the handle on top of the seat backrest. The seat backrest folds forward and engages the seat track.

E281821
Pull the strap to fold the seat backrest flat. To return the seat to the upright position, rotate the seat backrest until it locks.
Adjusting the Second Row Center Seat

E281818
2. Push the seat forward.

E286395
Lift the handle to move the seat forward or rearward.

127
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

Exiting the Third Row Seats

WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position.
WARNING: Check under the seat cushion to make sure no cargo or objects are under the seat cushion before returning the seat cushion to its original position, and that the seat cushion locks into place. Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash, which could increase the risk of serious injury.
WARNING: Do not adjust a seat or release a seat floor latch when the vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle with a seat that is unlatched or in the folded position. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

E291067
1. Pull the strap on the back of the second row seat. This moves the seat forward.
2. To return the seat to the seating position, push the seat backrest and move the track rearward. Make sure the seat backrest locks in the upright position.
Adjusting the Third Row Power Seats
Note: The power rear seat functions disable 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off. The transmission must be in park (P) and the liftgate must be open to operate the seats.
The control buttons are inside the liftgate area.

128
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

HEATED SEATS

E291063
A Press to fold the left-hand third row seat.
B Press to fold and unfold both third row seats.
C Press to fold the right-hand third row seat.
To return the third-row seat backrest to the original position, press the corresponding control again.
If the seats are inoperable:
1. Make sure that the engine is running and the tailgate is open.
2. Make sure that there are no objects on the seats that would prevent them from folding completely.
3. Press and hold button B for one minute until both seats completely fold and unfold.
4. Press button A and button C to confirm each seat is operational.
Note: During this procedure, the seat may appear to be fully unfolded. Continue holding the switch for a few seconds.
If the power rear seat disables after 10 minutes, you can enable the seat by:
· Opening any door.
· Pressing the unlock button on the key fob.
· Switching the ignition on.

WARNING: Use caution when using the heated seat if you are unable to feel pain to your skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions. The heated seat could cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp objects into the seat cushion or seat backrest. This could damage the heated seat element and cause it to overheat. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place anything on the seat that blocks the heat, for example a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
Front Seats
Do not do the following:
· Place heavy objects on the seat.
· Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
Note: The engine must be running to use this feature.

129
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Seats

E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. More indicator lights indicate warmer settings.
Note: The heated seats switch on during a remote start if they are enabled.
Note: The heated seats may switch on when you start your vehicle if they were on when you previously switched your vehicle off.
Automatic Climate Controlled Seats (If Equipped)
When you switch on the auto setting, the seats switch between the heated seats and ventilated seats to match your climate control setting.
Second Row Heated Seats
The heated seat controls are on the rear of the center console.
VENTILATED SEATS
Do not do the following: · Spill liquid on the front seats. This may
cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly. · Place cargo or objects under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly.
The engine must be running to use this feature.

E224689
Press this symbol to cycle through the various ventilation settings and off. More indicator lights indicate higher fan speeds.
Note: The ventilated seats switch on during a remote start if they are enabled.
Note: The ventilated seats may switch on when you start your vehicle if they were on when you previously switched your vehicle off.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM when the ventilated seats are on, the system turns off. You need to switch it back on.
Note: To improve comfort, use the ventilated seats along with the vehicle's air conditioning system.
Automatic Climate Controlled Seats (If Equipped)
When you switch on the auto setting, the seats switch between the heated seats and ventilated seats to match your climate control setting.

130
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)

WHAT IS THE REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
The rear occupant alert system monitors vehicle conditions and notifies you to check for rear seat occupants when you switch the ignition off.
HOW DOES THE REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM WORK
The system monitors when rear doors have been opened and closed to indicate the potential presence of an occupant in the rear seat.
A message displays in the information and entertainment display screen and an audible warning sounds when you switch the ignition off after any of the following conditions have been met: · A rear door is opened or closed while
the ignition is on. · You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of a rear door opening and closing. · You switch the ignition on within 15 minutes of the alert having displayed or sounded.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.

WARNING: Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
The system does not detect the presence of objects or passengers in the rear seat. It monitors when rear doors are opened and closed.
Note: It is possible to receive an alert when there is no rear seat occupant, but alert conditions are met.
Note: It is possible to receive no alert when there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert conditions are not met. For example, if a rear seat occupant does not enter the vehicle through a rear door.
Note: The audible warning does not sound when the front door is opened before you switch the ignition off.
SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen. 2. Press Vehicle. 3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off. Note: The default setting is on.
Note: Performing a master reset causes the system to switch on again.
Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)
When you switch the system off, a message appears every six months as a reminder that the system is off. You can switch the system back on or leave it off.

131
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM INDICATORS
E350472
Message Check rear seats for occupants. Displays when you switch your vehicle off after the alert conditions are met. The message displays for a short period of time. Press Close to acknowledge and remove the message. Note: Depending on your SYNC version, the graphic may look different from what you see here.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Sounds when you switch your vehicle off after the alert conditions are met. The warning sounds for a short period of time.
132
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps.
Note: If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. This damages the power point and may blow the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of charge:
· Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running.
· Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods.

USB Port and Power Point Locations
USB Ports and Power Points may be in the following locations: · On the lower instrument panel. · Inside the center console. · On the front of the center console. · On the rear of the center console. · In the cargo area. · On the passenger side floor panel. · 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
Note: Some of the USB ports may not have data transfer capabilities.
Note: Incorrect use of the USB ports can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
230 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 230 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury.
Note: The power point turns off when you switch off the ignition, when the vehicle is not in accessory mode or when the battery voltage drops below 11 volts.
You can use the power point for electric devices that require up to 150 watts. It is on the rear of the center console.

133
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

E247589
When the indicator light on the power point is:
· On: The power point is working, the ignition is ON or the vehicle is in accessory mode.
· Off: The power point is OFF, the ignition is OFF or the vehicle is not in accessory mode.
· Flashing: The power point is in fault mode.
Due to the different technologies used on its construction, some devices may exceed the capacity shown on its label when they are initially plugged-in.
The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition back on, but do not plug your device back in. Let the system cool off and switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including:
· Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
· Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators.

· Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment.
· Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
WIRELESS ACCESSORY CHARGER
WARNING: Wireless charging devices can affect the operation of implanted medical devices, including cardiac pacemakers. If you have any implanted medical devices, we recommend that you consult with your physician.
Note: Devices without built-in Qi wireless charging receivers require an additional Qi receiver or sleeve.
Note: For compatible devices with built-in Qi wireless charging capability, the charging performance may be affected if your device is in a case. It may be necessary to remove the case to wirelessly charge your device.
The system supports one Qi wireless charging compatible device on the charging area.
Keep the charging area clean and remove foreign objects prior to charging a device.
Do not place items with a magnetic strip, for example passports, parking tickets or credit cards, near the charging area when charging a device. Damage may occur to the magnetic strip.
Do not place metal objects, for example remote controls, coins and candy wrappers, on or near the charging area when charging a device. Metal objects may heat up and degrade the charging performance.

134

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

Note: This device controls the rate of charge, or charging power. During charging, the device and the charger may heat up, this is normal. If the battery gets hotter than usual, the charger may stop charging.
E250812

The charging area is on the center console or lower instrument panel.
You can charge a device if the vehicle is on, when in accessory, mode or when SYNC is on.
To begin charging, place the device on the center of the charging surface with the charging side down. The charging stops after your device reaches a full charge.
Note: If the system detects a foreign object or if the device is misaligned on the charging area, a message appears in the display.
Note: Software and firmware updates may affect device compatibility, including the use of unofficial software or firmware. Customers should verify charging functionality with their specific devices in-vehicle.

Message

Behavior

Description

Wireless charger active

Message on screen display This message appears when

or pop-up window.

wireless charging begins.

Charging terminated
Phone misaligned or object between phone and charger detected. Correct the condi-
tion to resume charging.

Pop-up window.

The system stops charging your device if the system detects the phone is misaligned, or a foreign
metal object is on the charging surface.

FCC ID: L2C0066T

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with part 18 of the FCC Rules.
· This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee that the interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, please consult the dealer.
· This product is not end-user serviceable.

135
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Auxiliary Power Points
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: · This device may not cause interference,
and · This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
136
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS
Note: Stow items in the cupholders carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes, including hot drinks which may spill.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
E307323
Press near the rear edge of the door to open it.
137
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the vehicle.
WARNING: If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 8 km (5 mi) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start your vehicle, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal until the ready to drive indicator illuminates. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting your vehicle.

KEYLESS STARTING
Note: The system may not function if the remote control is close to metal objects or electronic devices, for example keys or a cell phone. Note: A valid remote control must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle. Note: If the remote remains motionless for 40 or more seconds you need to move the remote for the passive entry feature to function. If the remote remains motionless for 8 or more hours you need to move the remote for the push button start feature to function. Ignition Modes
E357532
The keyless starting system has three modes: Off: Turns the ignition off. · Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode, or when your vehicle is running but is not moving. On: All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. · Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once.

138

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Start: Starts your vehicle. The engine may not start when your vehicle starts.
· Press the brake pedal, and then press the button for any length of time.
STARTING A HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE SYSTEM
Before starting your vehicle, check the following:
· Make sure all occupants fasten their seatbelt.
· Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off.
· Make sure the parking brake is on.
· Make sure the transmission is in park (P).
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The green ready indicator illuminates letting you know that your vehicle is ready for driving. Since your vehicle comes with a silent key start, the engine may not start when your vehicle starts. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).
When the engine starts for the first time on your drive, the idle speed increases, this helps to warm up the engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
The system does not function if:
· The passive key frequencies are jammed.
· The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do the following:

E297184
1. Open the floor console storage compartment lid.
2. Insert the passive key into the backup slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the brake pedal then press the push button ignition switch to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to restart your vehicle within 20 seconds of switching it off, even if it does not detect a valid passive key.
Within 20 seconds of switching your vehicle off, press the brake pedal and press the push button ignition switch. After 20 seconds, you can no longer start your vehicle if it does not detect a valid passive key.
Once your vehicle starts, it remains running until you press the push button ignition switch, even if your vehicle does not detect a valid passive key. You cannot start your vehicle if the system does not detect a valid passive key within 20 seconds.

139

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Automatic Engine Shutdown
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this feature shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period. The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power. Before your vehicle shuts down, a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds. If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, your vehicle shuts down. Another message appears in the information display to inform you that your vehicle has shut down to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you normally do.
Note: Automatic Engine Shutdown may be more frequent for hybrid vehicles.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off the automatic shutdown feature. When you switch it off temporarily, it turns on at the next ignition cycle.
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the timer, at any point before the 30-second countdown expires by doing any of the following:
· You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle, for example pressing the brake or accelerator pedal.
· You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on using the information display. See Information Displays (page 89). The feature only remains off for the current ignition cycle.
· During the 30-second countdown, the system prompts you to press OK or RESET to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only.

Switching Off Your Vehicle When It Is Stationary
1. Put the transmission in park (P).
2. Press the push button ignition switch once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, warning lamps and indicators.
Switching Off Your Vehicle When It Is Moving
WARNING: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. Higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine.
1. Put the transmission into neutral (N) and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, put the transmission in park (P).
3. Press and hold the push button ignition switch for one second, or press it three times within two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.

140
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and then leave the engine idling for long periods of time, we recommend that you do one of the following: · Open the windows at least 3 cm (1 in). · Set your climate control to outside air.
141
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION
This hybrid vehicle combines electric and gasoline propulsion to provide breakthrough performance and improved efficiency. Familiarizing yourself with these unique characteristics provides an optimal driving experience from your vehicle.
Starting
When you start your vehicle, a green READY indicator light E293827 appears in the instrument cluster letting you know that your vehicle is ready for driving.
The engine may not start because your vehicle has a silent key start feature. This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle to be ready to drive without requiring the gas engine to be running. The indicator remains on when your vehicle is on, whether the engine is running or not, to indicate your vehicle is capable of movement using the electric motor, gas engine or both. Typically, the engine does not start unless the vehicle is cold, a climate control change is requested or you press the accelerator pedal.
Driving
The gas engine automatically starts and stops to provide power when needed and to save fuel when not needed. When coasting at low speeds, coming to a stop, or standing, the gas engine normally shuts down and your vehicle operates in electric-only mode.
Conditions that may cause the engine to start up or remain running include:
· Considerable vehicle acceleration.
· Climbing a hill.
· Charge level of high voltage battery is low.

· High or low outside temperatures in order to provide system heating or cooling.
· Engine not warm enough to provide passenger requested cabin temperature.
· Towing a trailer.
· Selectable drive modes: Certain selectable drive modes may cause the engine to run. See What Is Drive Mode Control (page 237).
· Live in Drive: Use of the paddle shifters while in drive (D) may cause the engine to run. See Automatic Transmission (page 166).
Stopping
The gas engine may shut off to conserve fuel as you come to a stop. Restarting your vehicle is not required. Simply step on the accelerator when you are ready to drive.
Transmission Operation
The engine and electric motor together propel the vehicle through the automatic transmission. This is normal hybrid operating and helps deliver fuel efficiency and performance.
Battery
Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage battery. A cool battery maintains battery life and provides the best possible performance. The high voltage battery is cooled by the vehicle's air conditioning system. When the air conditioning system is on, you may notice a slight increase in air temperature coming from the climate control vents while the battery is cooling. You may also notice cool air flowing from the vents when the air conditioning or blower is off.

142
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

Braking
Your hybrid is equipped with standard hydraulic braking and regenerative braking. Regenerative braking is performed by your transmission and it captures brake energy and stores it in the high voltage battery.
You may also notice during extending downhill driving that your engine continues to run instead of shutting off. During this engine braking, the engine stays on, but it is not using any fuel. You may also hear a slight whine or whistle when operating your vehicle. This is the normal operation of the electric motor in the hybrid system.
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy
Note: Having your engine running is not always an indication of inefficiency. In some cases, it is actually more efficient than driving in electric mode.
Your fuel economy should improve throughout your hybrid's break-in period. As with any vehicle, your driving habits and accessory usage can significantly impact your fuel economy. For best results, keep these tips in mind:
· Keep the tires properly inflated and only use the recommended size.
· Aggressive driving increases the amount of energy required to move your vehicle. In general, you can achieve better fuel economy with mild to moderate acceleration and deceleration. Moderate braking is particularly important since it allows you to maximize the energy captured by the regenerative braking system.
Additional Tips:
· Do not carry extra loads.
· Be mindful of adding external accessories that may increase aerodynamic drag.
· Observe posted speed limits.

· Perform all scheduled maintenance.
· There is no need to wait for your engine to warm up. The vehicle is ready to drive immediately after starting.
PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION
Plug in your vehicle regularly for optimal use of the high voltage battery's electric-only range capability. Charging your vehicle adds electrical energy. This energy propels the vehicle.
You can see your estimated electric-only driving range in blue next to the gasoline range on the information display.
The system maximizes the use of electric-only operation in Normal drive mode. System conditions could require engine operation, however, the system uses the available electric range whenever possible.
When your electric-only range reaches zero, the powertrain system switches to hybrid operation. This means that you have depleted the energy you gained from plugging in and charging your vehicle. Both the gasoline engine and electric motor power your vehicle and maximize fuel economy during hybrid operation. You receive some electric-only driving with hybrid operation as the powertrain system maintains the high voltage battery charge within functional limits.

143

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

Electric Vehicle (EV) Modes
E327677
Your vehicle contains selectable electric vehicle (EV) modes. Press the button on the center console to change the mode. EV Now and EV Later modes are only available when you have electric-only driving range available. Note: EV mode availability also depends on the state of the selectable drive mode system. Auto EV
This mode provides an automatic use of high voltage E287836 battery power during the drive, staying in electric mode when possible and running the engine when needed.
EV Now This mode provides an electric only driving experience. Do not
E287826 use EV Now when towing a trailer. The electric drive system is not designed for towing. An EV Now information on demand screen appears. This screen allows you to enable your engine while in EV Now mode.
Your vehicle could accelerate slower and the top speed could be lower than when in Auto EV mode.

You can enable your engine at any time by using one of the following methods:
· Fully press the accelerator pedal. A pop-up message appears. Press the OK button on the steering wheel to enable the engine. When the engine is no longer needed, your vehicle returns to EV Now. The message disappears if you release the accelerator pedal.
· Press the EV button. This exits EV Now mode and permits engine operation. To return to EV Now mode, select it again using the EV button.
Your vehicle could enter Engine Enabled mode if system conditions require it. A message displays if this occurs. This is a normal function of the system and your vehicle returns to EV Now mode when possible.
When you enable EV Now mode, a blue EV Now icon appears in the information display. If your vehicle is in Engine Enabled mode, the EV Now icon is amber. EV Now exits when your available electric range reaches zero.
EV Later
In EV Later, your vehicle runs on the engine as needed and saves E287824 most of the available electric range for later use in Auto EV or EV Now mode.
For example, your initial drive is at high speeds on open roads, but later your drive is at low speeds in an urban area where electric only driving is most efficient. In this case, you can select EV Later for the higher speed portion of your trip and then select Auto EV or EV Now for the urban portion.
When you enable EV Later, a white EV Later icon appears in the information display. EV Later resets to Auto EV when you switch off your vehicle. You may select EV Later again using the EV button during your next drive.

144

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

When you select EV Later with the vehicle fully charged or near fully charged, the battery uses some electric-only driving range to discharge the battery, and allows for full operation of the regenerative braking system.
EV Charge
This mode uses your vehicle's engine to charge the high voltage E287822 battery versus plugging the vehicle into a utility grid.
The electric range gained through EV Charge allows you to switch to Auto EV or EV Now for full electric operation later in your drive. The battery cannot completely charge to 100% when in EV Charge mode. This is to allow for full operation of the regenerative braking system. When the battery reaches its EV Charge limit, the vehicle remains in EV Charge mode and maintains that charge level, until you select another EV Mode, or until you switch the vehicle off.
When you enable EV Charge, a white EV Charge icon appears in the information display.

EV Charge resets to Auto EV when you switch off your vehicle. You may select EV Charge again using the EV button during your next drive.
Low Engine Use
The low engine use mode maintains proper engine lubrication at sufficient temperature, and activates when you drive your vehicle with limited engine operation. When in low engine use mode, your vehicle runs the engine as necessary. When low engine use mode begins, a message appears in the information display. If low engine use mode does not complete before you switch your vehicle off, it continues the next time you start your vehicle and the message reappears.
EV Now mode is not available during low engine use mode.
Note: Cold temperatures affect the engine warm up time and the low engine use mode could operate more frequently.
Note: You do not require an oil change, but it gives you the option of not running a low engine use cycle. Resetting the oil life monitoring system suspends the low engine use mode.

145
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Question

Answer

What are the series of clicks from the cargo The high voltage battery is electrically isol-

area when I switch the ignition on?

ated from the rest of the vehicle when the

ignition is off. When you switch the ignition

on, the high voltage contacts inside the

battery are closed. This makes the electri-

city available to the motor and generator

and allows your vehicle to proceed. The

clicks are the sound of these contacts as

they close and open during start up and

shut down.

Why does the engine sometimes start at key-on?

The vehicle's computer determines if an engine start is required at key-on. Silent key starts the engine if it is necessary for cabin heating, windshield defrost, or if the outside
temperature is low.

Why does it take a long time before the engine shuts down?

There are several reasons the engine stays on for an extended amount of time when you first start it. One common reason is to make sure that the emission's components
are warm enough to minimize tailpipe emissions. As the climate gets cooler, this
engine-on time is extended.

Why does my engine stay on when it is extremely cold outside?

In order to make sure that the climate control system can begin heating the cabin or defrosting the windshield as soon as you request it, the engine coolant temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot. Keeping the engine on is required to maintain the correct
coolant temperature.

Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 fuel (15%

will it affect my fuel economy?

ethanol, 85% gasoline), but you could

notice slightly reduced fuel economy

because ethanol contains less energy per

gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is

not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol).

How long will my high voltage battery last? The high voltage battery system is designed

Does it need maintenance?

to last the life of the vehicle and requires

no maintenance.

146
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
· Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle.
· Always switch the engine off before refueling.
· Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately call a physician, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be apparent for hours.

· Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel vapor can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury.
· Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you splash fuel in your eyes, immediately remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury.
· Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and thoroughly wash your skin with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact causes skin irritation.
· Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing fuel vapors could cause an adverse reaction, serious personal injury or sickness. Immediately call a physician if you experience any adverse reactions.
FUEL QUALITY
WARNING: Do not mix diesel with gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could cause an explosion.
WARNING: Do not use leaded gasoline or gasoline with additives containing other metallic compounds, for example manganese-based. They could damage the emission system.
Use minimum 95 octane unleaded gasoline that meets the specification defined by EN 228 or the equivalent national specification.

147

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

Filling a Portable Fuel Container

E268502
Your vehicle is suitable for use with ethanol blends up to 10% (E5 and E10).
Note: We recommend that you only use high quality fuel.
Long-Term Storage
Most gasoline contains ethanol. We recommend that you fill the fuel tank with fuel that does not contain ethanol if you intend to store your vehicle for more than two months.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is in the spare wheel storage tray.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel: · Add a minimum of 5 L (1.1 gal) of fuel
to restart the engine. · You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope, more fuel may be required.

WARNING: Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container:
· Only use an approved fuel container to transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling it.
· Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area).
· Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it.
· Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may damage the fuel system filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility.

148

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 148). Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they may not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, do the following: 1. Fully open the fuel filler door. 2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel. 5. Fully close the fuel filler door. 6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose of it. Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel.

REFUELING
WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the first time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank.
WARNING: Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island.

149

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

1. When you stop your vehicle, shift into park (P) and switch the ignition off.

E293006
2. Press the button on the left side of the instrument panel next to the headlamp switch to open the fuel filler door. The fuel filler door can take up to 15 seconds to open before you can insert a fuel filler nozzle.

B
E139203
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position B when refueling. Holding the fuel pump nozzle in position A can affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.

E206912
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown.

E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe opening.

E119081
6. When the pump shuts off, wait 5 seconds, then slowly lift and remove the nozzle.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.

150
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

Note: To close the fuel filler door, press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and then release.
Complete the refueling process within 20 minutes. If 20 minutes elapses, press the button on the left side of the instrument panel again. Fuel pump nozzle automatic shut off could occur if you do not press the button on the left side of the instrument panel.
System Warnings
If the fuel filler door fails to open, an information message appears in the information display.

Message

Action

Please wait for fuel door to open

Your vehicle has a sealed fuel system that may be under pressure. This information message appears while the fuel system is depressurizing with the fuel filler door closed. Wait for the fuel system to depressurize and for the fuel filler door to unlatch.

Fuel door open

This information message appears when the fuel system depressurizes and the fuel filler door opens. Fully open the fuel filler door to refuel and fully close the fuel filler door when refueling is complete.

Refuel error See manual

A warning message appears in the information display when the fuel system fails to depressurize or the fuel filler door fails to open. You may have to use the fuel filler door manual override lever.

If the Refuel Error information message appears, do the following:
1. Check the fuel filler door for anything that may be obstructing its movement, for example ice or snow.
2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel filler door.
3. Press the button on the left side of the instrument panel to open the fuel filler door.
4. If the fuel filler door fails to open and the information message remains in the information display, use the fuel filler door manual override lever.
Fuel Filler Door Manual Override Lever
WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
Note: The transmission must be in park (P) or neutral (N).
When using the manual override lever do the following:
1. Switch the ignition on.

151
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuel and Refueling

E297793
Note: The manual override lever is in the driver side rear wheel well area.
2. Pull the manual override lever. 3. Switch the ignition off. 4. Complete the refueling process within
20 minutes.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
We derive CO2 and fuel consumption figures in laboratory tests according to Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC) 692/2008 and subsequent amendments.
They are intended as a comparison between makes and models of vehicles. They are not intended to represent the real world fuel consumption you may get from your vehicle.

Real world fuel consumption is governed by many factors, for example driving style, high speed driving, stop-start driving, air conditioning usage, add-on accessories, payload and towing.
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. See Capacities and Specifications (page 316).
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range.
Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy figures through the trip computer average fuel function. See General Information (page 89).
The first 1,500 km (1,000 mi) of driving is the break-in period of the engine. A more accurate measurement is obtained after 3,000 km (2,000 mi).
Impacting Fuel Economy
· Using fuel blended with alcohol. See Fuel Quality (page 147).
· Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures.
· Fuel economy may decrease when driving short distances.
· You may get better fuel economy when driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain.

152
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Engine Emission Control

CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the catalytic converter. The catalytic converter heats up to a very high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and stays hot after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle has various emission control components and a catalytic converter that enables it to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards.
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter:
· Do not crank the engine for more than 10 seconds at a time.
· Do not run the engine with a spark plug lead disconnected.
· Do not push-start or tow-start your vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).
· Do not switch the ignition off when your vehicle is moving.
· Do not use leaded fuel.
· Avoid running out of fuel.

Note: Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. On-Board Diagnostics System Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics system that monitors the emission control system. If any of the following warning lamps illuminate, this may indicate that the on-board diagnostics system has detected an emission control system malfunction.
Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Failure to respond to a warning lamp may cause component damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 84).

153
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: This battery pack should only be serviced by an authorized electric vehicle technician. Improper handling can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you open the hood or have any service or repair work completed. If you do not switch the ignition off, the engine could restart at any time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not touch the electronic ignition system parts after you have switched the ignition on or when the engine is running. The system operates at high voltage. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.
Your vehicle consists of various high-voltage components and wiring. All of the high-voltage power flows through specific wiring assemblies labeled as such or covered with a solid orange convolute, or orange striped tape, or both. Do not come in contact with these components.
The high-voltage battery system is a high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system. The pack is located underneath the vehicle. The high voltage battery system uses an advanced active liquid heating and cooling system to regulate high voltage battery temperature and help maximize the life of the high voltage battery.

Note: The high-voltage battery does not require regular service maintenance.
CHARGING THE HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (If Equipped)
WARNING: This equipment has arcing or sparking parts. Do not expose to flammable vapors. Position this equipment at least 450 mm (18 in) above the floor.
RISK OF FIRE or ELECTRIC SHOCK
WARNING: The AC wall plug must fit firmly into the AC outlet. If the connection feels loose, worn or the AC outlet is damaged, please have a qualified electrician replace the AC outlet. Using a dual-voltage charging cord with a worn outlet may cause burns, property damage and increase the risk of electric shock or fire.
WARNING: Do not use the 240 V convenience cord with an extension cord, two-prong adapter, surge protector, timer or other adapter. Failure to follow this instruction could result in electric shock or fire.
WARNING: Do not allow charging equipment to be immersed in water or liquids. Failure to follow this warning could result in fire, electric shock, or serious personal injury or death.

154
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

WARNING: Do not attempt to open the charging equipment. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, fire, electric shock, death or property damage.
WARNING: Do not use the charging equipment if it is faulty or has been damaged. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, fire, electric shock, death or property damage.
WARNING: You risk death, fire, or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol.
WARNING: Install charging equipment in compliance with local regulations. Failure to follow this warning could result in fire, electric shock, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use an ungrounded wall outlet. The wall outlet must be in good condition and meet up-to-date local codes. Have a qualified electrician check the wall outlet, if you suspect that it is not properly grounded. Failure to follow this instruction could result in electric shock, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: Do not modify the dual-voltage charging cord plug. If the dual-voltage charging cord plug does not properly fit into the wall outlet, have a qualified electrician install the correct wall outlet. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, fire, electric shock, or death.

Note: This product must be grounded. If it should malfunction or break down, grounding provides a path of least resistance for electric current to reduce the risk of electric shock. This product comes with a cord having an equipment grounding conductor and a grounding plug. The plug must be plugged into an appropriate outlet that is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinances.
OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
· Read all the instructions before using this product.
· This device should be supervised when used around children.
· Do not put fingers into the electric vehicle (EV) connector.
· Do not use this product with the flexible power cord or EV cable frayed, broken insulation, or any other signs of damage.
· Do not use this product with the enclosure or the EV connector broken, cracked, open, or showing any other indication of damage.
Charging Equipment
Your vehicle has a convenience cord in the luggage compartment.
Note: Do not use the 240 volt convenience cord with an extension cord, two-prong adapter, surge protector, timer or other adapter.
Note: If charging for your plug-in vehicle fails, please call the Customer Relationship Center, or click on Call for support or LiveChat at your regional vehicle manufacture's website.
Note: Store the convenience cord in a clean, dry place between the temperature of -4090°C (-40194°F).

155
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

Note: You need to plug the convenience cord into a dedicated outlet.

Convenience Cord

Note: Firmly fit the AC wall plug into the

AC outlet. If the connection feels loose,

worn or the AC outlet is damaged, please

have a qualified electrician replace the AC

outlet. Using a convenience cord with a

worn outlet could cause burns, property

damage and increase the risk of electrical

shock.

European Countries Max Pilot Current Rating
Denmark France, Finland, Italy, Switzerland
Rest of Europe
Make sure that the convenience cord is completely unwrapped before charging.

E299688
A. Power. B. Fault. C. Check Outlet.
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE The AC outlet must be a two-prong AC outlet that is properly grounded, and in good condition. Use a dedicated line. You cannot have other appliances connected to the same circuit. If you do not use a dedicated circuit, the circuit breaker could trip or open. If you do not have a dedicated circuit, contact a licensed professional electrician for proper installation.
Amperage Rating
6A
8A
10A
Always plug the cord into the AC outlet before connecting the charging coupler into the charge port on your vehicle.

156
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

Note: Make sure the electrical source meets the requirements for the high voltage batteries to charge.

Note: When the convenience cord is plugged into an outlet, use the following table to determine your vehicle charge status. If the power indicator light is off after plugging in the convenience cord, use a different outlet.

Convenience Cord LED Indicators

What it Means

What to Do

Power (Green)

Fault (Red)

Check Outlet (Amber)

Off

Off If the LED indicators are off after plug- Use a different

ging in the convenience cord and the

wall outlet.

plug is experiencing a no power condi-

tion from the wall outlet, use a different

outlet.

Off

Off The convenience cord is plugged into No action required.

the wall outlet and ready to charge your

vehicle. Reference the charge port

section below for information on vehicle

charging. The charge cord performs a

self-test.

On Flashing On

The convenience cord AC plug is

Check the outlet.

experiencing an overheat condition. If the problem

Convenience cord is in retry mode to persists, use a

return to normal condition. If the fault different outlet.

persists, you have a bad wall outlet.

Off Flashing The convenience cord is charging at a Check the outlet.

reduced current rate due to a wall

If the problem

outlet over temperature condition.

persists, use

different outlet.

On Flashing The convenience cord AC plug has Have the outlet

overheated. Cordset retry mode

serviced or use a

exhausted. Your vehicle is not charging. different outlet.

You have a bad wall outlet.

Off The convenience cord is experiencing a Request vehicle

ground fault at the charge port. Your

service.

vehicle is not charging. Call for service.

157
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

Convenience Cord LED Indicators

What it Means

What to Do

Power (Green)

Fault (Red)

Check Outlet (Amber)

On Flashing Off The convenience cord is experiencing a Unplug and re-

ground fault at the charge port. The

plug into the

convenience cord is in retry mode to vehicle charge

return to normal condition. Your vehicle

port.

is not charging.

On On/Two Two

Missing ground at AC outlet. Your Connect to prop-

Flash Flash

vehicle is not charging.

erly grounded AC

Interval Interval

outlet. If fault

persist for more

than 3

minutes,return

cordset for service.

On/

Off Convenience cord internal fault. Call for Wait 3 minutes for

Flashing

service.

cordset retry or

self correction. If

fault persist,

request cordset

service. Replace

cordset.

Note: Make sure that the electrical source outlet meets the convenience cord requirements for the high voltage batteries to charge properly.

Charge Port

Charging connector shall be

E337058

connected to the vehicle inlet where the same C identifier can

be seen.

The charge port is between the front left-hand side door and front left-hand wheel well. To open, press the center, right edge of the charge port door and then release.

E295258
Note: Do not force the charge port door open or closed. Forcing the door open or closed will damage the charge port.
The charge status indicator around the charge port indicates the charge status of the high voltage battery in your vehicle.

158

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

Divided into five zones, the charge status indicator displays the state of charge in 20 percent increments.
The color white is used as a courtesy light to help with plugging in and to acknowledge actions such as plugging in, unplugging or pressing the charge times button.
The color blue is used when the vehicle is plugged in and either charging or waiting to charge.
The color orange is used to indicate charge faults.

Cord Unlock Button
Press the cord unlock button to unlock the charge cord. The vehicle will check for a nearby key. If the vehicle detects the key or you unlock the doors prior to pressing the cord unlock button, then the charge cord unlocks. If the cord fails to unlock, you can attempt to unlock the cord through the vehicle touchscreen. See Cord Unlock under Vehicle Settings on your touchscreen. See SYNCTM 3 (page 331).

E295450
Charge Times Button
Use the charge times button to either turn off or turn on your charge times settings for this location. Select charge settings on the home page of your touchscreen or under the vehicle settings menu to access charge preferences. See SYNCTM 3 (page 331).

E297179
A Charge times on and off button
B Cord unlock button
Charging At Home
You must unwrap your universal home charge cord completely before charging. When using the universal home charge cord, plug the charge coupler into the vehicle charge port where the same identifier symbol can be seen.

E348483
A B

Mains Socket Outlet (Household)

159

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

C Plug D Control box E Charge coupler F Vehicle G Charge port receptacle H Universal home charge cord 1. Shift into park (P), apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off. 2. Plug the universal home charge cord plug into the AC outlet. 3. Fully open the charge port door.
E354989
4. Plug the charge coupler into the charge port on your vehicle.
Note: Make sure that you fully engage the charge coupler. Note: Your vehicle will lock to the charge coupler. Note: When the charge coupler is properly engaged the light ring will illuminate. This indicates the beginning of a normal charge cycle. Note: It takes approximately four to six hours to completely charge a discharged battery.

Charging in Public When using an AC charge station with cables attached, choose charge station cord coupler where the same identifier symbol can be seen.
E348485
A AC charge station B Charge coupler C Vehicle D Charge port receptacle E Cable 1. Shift into park (P), apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off. 2. Select the appropriate charge station port. 3. Fully open the charge port door.
E354989
4. Plug the charge station coupler into the the charge port on your vehicle.
Note: Make sure that you fully engage the charge station coupler. Note: Your vehicle will lock to the charge coupler.

160
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

Note: When the charge coupler is properly engaged the light ring will illuminate. This indicates the beginning of a normal charge cycle. Note: If you are using a 230 V charging station, follow the instructions on the charging station.
Charging Using Your Public Charge Cord You must unwrap the public charge cord completely before charging. When using an AC charge station without cables attached, plug your public charge cord into the charge station and the vehicle charge port where the same identifier symbol can be seen.
E348488
A AC charge station B Charge station port C Vehicle charge coupler D Vehicle E Charge port receptacle F Public charge cable G Charge station charge coupler
1. Shift into park (P), apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off.
2. Plug your public charge cord into the appropriate charge station port.
3. Remove the charge port cover.

E354989
4. Plug the public charge cord coupler into the charge port on your vehicle.
Note: Make sure that you fully engage the public charge cord coupler.
Note: Your vehicle will lock to the charge coupler.
Note: When the coupler is properly engaged the light ring will illuminate. This indicates the beginning of a normal charge cycle.
Note: If you are using a 230 V charging station, follow the instructions on the charging station.
Charge Port Indicators
Note: Pump and fan noise could be present when charging the high voltage battery. The pump and fan noise is normal to hear as it circulates liquid and keeps your high voltage battery cool while charging.
The charge status indicator displays how far along the charge is:
· When the bottom zone is pulsing, the charge is between 0-20 percent.
· When the bottom zone illuminates and the next is pulsing, the charge is between 20-40 percent.
· When two zones illuminate and the next is pulsing, the charge is between 40-60 percent.

161
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

· When three zones illuminate, and the next is pulsing, the charge is between 60-80 percent.
· When four zones illuminate, and the top zone is pulsing, the charge is between 80-100 percent.
· When all zones illuminate, the charge is 100 percent.
E301197
A. 80%-100% State of Charge. B. 60%-80% State of Charge. C. 40%-60% State of Charge. D. 20%-40% State of Charge. E. 0%-20% State of Charge. Note: When charging stops, the charge status indicator shows all the completed zones solidly lit up in blue color for 30 seconds before turning off. For example, if charging stops at 70 percent, then the bottom three zones light up solidly to indicate a battery charge level of at least 60 percent but less than 80 percent. Charging stops when complete or when paused due to preferred charge settings or charge station actions.

Note: If the charge status indicator does not light up or pulse after plugging in, please verify that the charge port light setting is on. If you do not wish to have the charge status indicator light up at all while charging, then you can turn it off. See charge port light under vehicle settings on your touchscreen. See SYNCTM 3 (page 331).
E306677
Note: Charging faults are identified by the color orange on the charge status indicator. Faults can occur within the vehicle charging system or outside the vehicle, such as with the charge cord, charge station or electrical supply.
Note: If the system detects a fault in the vehicle charging system at any point in a charge cycle, the entire charge status indicator lights up solidly in orange color for 30 seconds and then turns off. If this happens, unplug the charging coupler and then plug it back into the charge port receptacle. If the problem persists, contact your dealer.
Note: If the system detects a fault outside the vehicle, such as with the charge station or charge cord, the entire charge status indicator flashes continuously for 30 seconds and then turns off. If this happens, check the charge cord and the charge station or electrical supply.
Waiting to Charge
E306678
Charging may not begin upon plugging in if you have set up preferred charge times for this vehicle location. Your vehicle could delay charging to take advantage of off-peak electricity rates. Your vehicle optimizes the charge schedule to be complete by your next departure time.

162
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

When waiting to charge, plugged in and not currently charging, the charge status indicator shows the present state of charge of the high voltage battery by lighting up all completed zones for 30 seconds before turning off. For example, if the battery is at 70 percent charge, then the bottom three zones solidly light up to indicate a battery charge level of at least 60 percent but less than 80 percent. Consequently, when the current state of charge is less than 20 percent, none of the zones light up.
Note: Select charge settings on the home page of your touchscreen or under the vehicle settings menu to access charge preferences. See SYNCTM 3 (page 331).
Note: When your vehicle is waiting to charge, the charge status indicator turns off 30 seconds after displaying the present state of charge. When your vehicle begins charging, the charge status indicator turns on and displays the charging progress.

Stopping Charging

The charge port unlock button is next to the charge port.

Unlock your vehicle.

Press the charge port unlock

E302975

button to stop charging the high

voltage battery.

Note: If the charging equipment remains connected, the charge port relocks in a short period of time. Charging does not resume.

Disconnecting the Charging Equipment
1. Unlock your vehicle.
2. Press the charge port unlock button.
3. Disconnect the coupler from the charge port on your vehicle.
Note: You cannot disconnect the coupler until charging has been stopped or completed.

Note: Do not use excesive force to disconnect the coupler. This could damage the charge port and the coupler.
E295256
4. Close the charge port door. 5. Disconnect the universal home charge
cord plug from the AC outlet. Note: Do not disconnect the universal home charge cord plug from the AC outlet when the vehicle is charging. This could damage the AC outlet and the universal home charge cord. Note: If you are still unable to disconnect the charging coupler after trying the cord unlock buttons at the port and on your vehicle touchscreen, press any available stop button on the charging system to disable the charge to your vehicle, then try again.
MOVING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS Make sure to completely wrap the convenience cord after charging. When complete, replace convenience cord in the luggage compartment. Note: Do not hold convenience cord by flexible power cable. Note: Store the convenience cord in a clean dry place between the temperature of -4090°C (-40194°F).

163
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

Charging Equipment Identification Symbols

Identifier symbol visible on

E337058

universal home charge cord couplers, charge station cord

couplers and vehicle charge ports.

Supply Type AC

Standard EN 62196-2

Configuration Type 2

Type of Accessory
Universal home charge cord
coupler, charge station coupler
and vehicle charge port.

Voltage Range
Lower or equal to 480 volt RMS

E345422

Identifier symbol visible on charge station ports and your public charge cord coupler.

Supply Type AC

Standard EN 62196-2

Configuration Type 2

Type of Accessory
Charge station port, public charge cord coupler.

Voltage Range
Lower or equal to 480 volt RMS

ENERGY CONSUMPTION FIGURES
Energy Consumption (OVC) Fuel Economy (ICE and NOVC) and CO2 Emissions
The declared WLTP fuel/energy consumptions, CO2-Emissions and electric range are determined according to the technical requirements and specifications of the European Regulations (EC) 715/2007 and (EU) 2017/1151 as last amended. The applied standard test procedures enable comparison between different vehicle types and different manufacturers.

European Directive 1999/94/EC
In addition to the fuel/energy efficiency of a car, driving behavior as well as other non-technical factors play a role in determining a car's fuel/energy consumption, CO2 emissions and electric range. CO2 is the main greenhouse gas responsible for global warming. A guide on fuel economy and CO2 emissions which contains data for all new passenger car models is available at any point of sale free of charge.

164
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

High Voltage Battery

ENERGY CONSUMPTION FIGURES

Electric Range City km (mi)
44 km (27.3 mi)

Electric Range km (mi)
42 km (26.1 mi)

Electric Energy Consumption kWh/100km (mi/kWh) 21.9 (2.8)

165
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Transmission

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than a few seconds will limit engine performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury.
Automatic Transmission Position Indicators
The instrument cluster displays the current position.
E317778
NE3o17t7e77: The position may illuminate on the transmission selector.
Understanding Your Transmission Selector Positions
Your vehicle has an electronic transmission shifter. The transmission selector is on the center console.

E227917
P Park.
R Reverse.
N Neutral.
D Drive.
M Manual.
L Low.
The instrument cluster displays the current gear.
Note: Your vehicle may come with low (L) or manual (M) in the center of the selector depending on trim level.
Park (P)
With the transmission in park (P), your vehicle locks the transmission and prevents the wheels from turning. Always come to a complete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of park (P).
When you switch the ignition off, your vehicle shifts into park (P). If you switch the ignition off while your vehicle is moving, the transmission first shifts into neutral (N) until it reaches a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and then shifts into park (P).

166
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Transmission

The electric parking brake could apply when you shift to park (P) without the brake pedal fully pressed. The electric parking brake applies when you shift to park (P) on large slopes. The electric parking brake releases with the drive away release function or manually. See Electric Parking Brake (page 178).
Note: A warning tone sounds if you open the driver door and you have not shifted the transmission selector to park (P).
Automatic Return to Park
What is Automatic Return to Park (P)
Your vehicle shifts in park (P) if you attempt to exit your vehicle without the transmission in park (P).
How Does Automatic Return to Park (P) Work
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) when your vehicle is stationary and any of the following occur:
· You switch the vehicle off.
· You open the driver door with your seatbelt unlatched.
· You unlatch the driver seatbelt when the driver door is open.
Note: Do not use automatic return to park (P) when your vehicle is moving, except in an emergency. See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 138).
Automatic Return to Park (P) Limitations
Automatic return to park (P) may not work if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning.
Have the system checked immediately if any of the following occur:

· Door ajar indicator does not illuminate with the driver door open.
· Door ajar indicator illuminates with the driver door closed.
· Transmission not in park message appears with the driver door closed, after you shift out of park (P).
Reverse (R)
With the transmission selector in reverse (R), your vehicle moves backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the transmission selector in neutral (N), you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down when in this position.
Temporary Neutral Mode
What is Temporary Neutral Mode
This mode keeps your vehicle in neutral (N) when you switch your vehicle off. Use this mode at an automatic car wash if you exit your vehicle or switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: Automatic return to park (P) delays when your vehicle is in this mode.
Temporary Neutral Mode Limitations
Your vehicle may shift to park (P) after 30 minutes, or when the vehicle battery charge level is low. Prolonged use of this mode can cause the vehicle battery to run out of charge.
Do not tow your vehicle in this mode. Failure to follow these instructions could result in vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Entering Temporary Neutral Mode
1. Switch your vehicle on.

167

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Transmission

2. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal.
4. Shit into neutral (N).
Note: A instructional message appears.
5. Press the manual (M), or low (L) button.
Note: A confirmation message appears when your vehicle enters the mode.
6. Release the brake pedal.
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
7. Switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: The neutral (N) indicator on the transmission selector may flash in this mode.
Exiting Temporary Neutral Mode
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P), or switch your vehicle on and shift into drive (D), or reverse (R).
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy and smoothness. Shift the transmission selector to drive (D) to allow your vehicle to move forward and shift automatically through the forward gears.
The transmission shifts to the appropriate gear for optimum performance based on ambient temperature, road slope, vehicle load and your input.

Manual Mode (M) - Vehicles with Paddle Shifters
With the transmission selector in manual (M), the driver can change gears up or down. After selecting the Manual (M) button while the transmission range selector is in the Drive (D) position, you now have control of selecting the gear you desire using shift buttons on the steering wheel.
To exit manual mode, push the manual (M) button on your transmission selector.
Low (L) - Vehicles without Paddle Shifters
With the transmission selector in low (L), your vehicle provides maximum engine braking. You can shift the transmission into low (L) at any vehicle speed. Do not use under extended or normal driving conditions as it results in lower fuel economy.
Manually Shifting Gears
Shifting Using Paddle Shifters
The instrument cluster displays the current gear. The current gear flashes when your vehicle cannot shift into the requested gear. Your vehicle will not shift if the requested gear raises or lowers the engine speed beyond the limit.
Your vehicle may shift when you fully press the accelerator or brake pedal.
Note: Prolonged driving with high engine speed could cause vehicle damage not covered by vehicle warranty.
Note: When the vehicle shifts into the requested gear, it could affect drive modes.

168
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Transmission

E144821
Manually Shifting Gears in Drive (D)
Use this feature when overtaking another vehicle, or to temporarily change gear.
· Pull any paddle to switch the feature on.
· Pull the right (+) paddle to upshift. · Pull the left (-) paddle to downshift. · Hold the (+) paddle for a few seconds
to switch the feature off.
Note: If you do not pull either paddle, the feature switches off after a short period of time.
Manually Shifting Gears in Manual (M)
Use this feature for engine braking on hilly or mountainous roads, or to select a specific gear.
· Shift to manual (M) to switch the feature on.
· Pull the right (+) paddle to upshift. · Pull the left (-) paddle to downshift. · Shift to drive (D) to switch the feature
off.
Tow Mode (If Equipped)
To activate tow mode, use the drive mode switch on the center E161509 console. See Selecting a Drive Mode (page 237).

The indicator light illuminates and a message displays in the instrument cluster when the system becomes active. Select a different mode to switch the system off.
The Tow Mode Feature:
· Moves upshifts to higher engine speeds to reduce the frequency of transmission shifting.
· Provides engine braking in all forward gears, which slows your vehicle and assists you in controlling your vehicle when descending a slope.
· Depending on driving conditions and load conditions, it may downshift the transmission, slow your vehicle and control your vehicle speed when descending a hill, without pressing the accelerator pedal. The amount of downshift braking provided varies based upon the amount you press the brake pedal.
The tow mode feature improves transmission operation when towing a trailer or a heavy load. All transmission gear ranges are available when using tow mode.
Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Warning
Sounds if you open the driver door before shifting into park (P).
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, rock it out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission could occur.

169
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Transmission
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine could overheat.
170
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Four-Wheel Drive

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
This system is a proactive system. It has the ability to anticipate wheel slip and transfer torque to the front wheels before slip occurs. Even when wheel slip is not present, the system is continuously adjusting to the torque distribution, in an attempt to improve straight line and cornering behavior, both on and off road.
The system automatically turns on every time you switch the ignition on.
If any component requires maintenance, a message appears in the information display.
USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher center of gravity (utility and four-wheel drive vehicles) handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity (passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt steering in these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously increases the risk of losing control of your vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The intelligent 4WD system continuously monitors vehicle conditions and adjusts the power distribution between the front and rear wheels. It combines transparent all-surface operation with highly capable four-wheel drive.
The 4WD system is always active and requires no driver input. It is capable of handling all road conditions including street and highway driving as well as off-road and winter driving. You can optimize more 4WD control by selecting different drive modes. See Selecting a Drive Mode (page 237).

Note: A warning message displays in the information display when a 4WD system fault is present. See Information Messages (page 94). A 4WD system fault causes the 4WD system to default to rear-wheel drive only mode. When this warning message is displayed, have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer.
Note: A warning message displays in the information display if the 4WD system overheats. See Information Messages (page 94). This condition could occur if the vehicle is operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip, such as deep sand. To resume normal 4WD function as soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes. After the engine is restarted and the 4WD system is adequately cooled, the warning message turns off and normal 4WD function returns.
Operating Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Vehicles With Spare Tires
Do not use a different size spare tire other than the tire provided. If the mini-spare tire is installed, the 4WD system will disable and enter rear-wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components. Some limited 4WD traction could be provided if the mini-spare is installed on one of the front wheels. If you are in driving conditions where limited 4WD traction is needed while the mini-spare is installed, it is recommended the mini-spare be installed on the front axle. See Information Messages (page 94).
If the mini-spare is installed, this condition is indicated by a warning in the information display. If there is a warning message in the information display from using the spare tire, this indicator should turn off after reinstalling or replacing the normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on. We recommended reinstalling or

171
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Four-Wheel Drive

replacing the normal road tire as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the 4WD system to stop functioning and default to rear-wheel drive or damage the 4WD system.
The slip response system could activate if the mini spare is installed on the front wheels. If the mini spare was installed on the rear wheels the slip response system will fully disable. In situations where there is a wintery mix or an off road situation, and you need to use a mini spare, you must install the mini spare in the front tire position and move a full size tire to the rear tire position for the slip response system to function.
Operating Four-Wheel drive (4WD) Vehicles with Mismatched Tires
WARNING: Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver's door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles (for example, 17 inch low profile tires on the front axle and 22 inch high profile tires on the rear axle) could cause the 4WD system to stop functioning and default to rear-wheel drive or damage the 4WD system.
For optimum 4WD Performance, it is recommended to follow the tire rotation maintenance schedule. To avoid potential 4WD malfunction or 4WD system damage, it is recommended to replace all four tires rather than mixing significantly worn tires with new tires. For example, using 3 worn tread tires and 1 new tread tire all of the same original tire size/brand, can be tolerated by the 4WD system as long as the worn tires still have usable tread depth.
How Your Vehicle Differs from Other Vehicles
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from some other vehicles. Your vehicle could be higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components.
The differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car.
Maintain steering wheel control at all times, especially in rough terrain. Since sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion, make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside. Do not grip the spokes.
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects such as rocks and stumps.
You should either know the terrain or examine maps of the area before driving. Map out your route before driving in the area. To maintain steering and braking control of your vehicle, you must have all four wheels on the ground and they must be rolling, not sliding or spinning.

172

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Four-Wheel Drive

Driving in Special Conditions With Four-Wheel drive (4WD)
Note: Use of the 4WD system in slippery, deep snow, and sand drive modes on dry surfaces could produce some vibration, driveline bind up, or excessive tire wear as these drive modes are intended for slippery and loose surfaces.
Note: The design of 4WD vehicles are for driving on sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles, both on and off the highway.
Basic Operating Principles in Special Conditions
· Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle.
· Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice.

If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement
· If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement, slow down, but avoid severe brake application, ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface.
· It could be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You could lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
· It often could be less risky to strike small objects, such as highway reflectors, with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover. Remember, your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Do not spin the wheels at over 55 km/h (34 mph). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.

173
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Four-Wheel Drive

If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow you can rock it out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
If your vehicle comes with AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability ControlTM, it could be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability ControlTM system while attempting to rock the vehicle.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission could occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires could occur or the engine could overheat.
Emergency Maneuvers
· In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made, remember to avoid "over-driving" your vehicle (for example, turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency). Excessive steering can result in less vehicle control, not more. Additionally, smooth variations of the accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called

for. Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury. Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
· In the event of an emergency stop, avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements.
· If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (i.e., from concrete to gravel) there is a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver (steering, acceleration or braking). Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.
Sand
When driving over sand, try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail. Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels.
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance could be required from another vehicle. Remember, you could be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution.
Mud and Water
If you must drive through high water, drive slowly. Traction or brake capability could be limited.
Note: Driving through deep water could damage your vehicle.
When driving through water, determine the depth; avoid water higher than the bottom of the hubs (if possible) and proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the vehicle could stall.

174
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Four-Wheel Drive

Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal.
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud. Even 4WD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud. As when you are driving over sand, apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle does slide, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle.
After driving through mud, clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components.

Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping sideways and possibly rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer.
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started. This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling.
If you do stall out, do not try to turn around because you might roll over. It is better to back down to a safe location.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill. Too much power can cause the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, resulting in loss of vehicle control.

E143950
"Tread Lightly" is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land-use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by "treading lightly."
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Although natural obstacles could make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline, you should always try to drive straight up or straight down.

E143949
Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating. Do not descend in neutral; instead, disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear. When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control. The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle.

175
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Four-Wheel Drive

Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore apply the brakes steadily. Do not "pump" the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING: If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables, then it is critical that you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death. If the rear end of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle.
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause driveline damage.
4WD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although a 4WD vehicle could accelerate better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice, it will not stop any faster, because as in other vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels. Do not become overconfident as to road conditions.

Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping. Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears. In emergency stopping situations, apply the brake steadily. Since your vehicle comes with a four wheel (ABS), do not "pump" the brakes. See Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 178).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability. For this reason, we strongly recommend that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars) or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment.
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control. We strongly recommend that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device (such as ladder or luggage racks).
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly could void the warranty, increase your repair cost, reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety. Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off-highway usage.

176
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Brakes

GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out, have an authorized dealer check them. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel when braking, an authorized dealer should check your vehicle.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels (page 288).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Switch the engine off, move the transmission to park (P) and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal and the area around it for any items or debris that may be obstructing its movement. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer.
Emergency Brake Assist
Emergency brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal. Emergency brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations.

Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, your brake lamps could flash during heavy braking. Following this, your hazard lights may also flash when your vehicle comes to a stop.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If the light does not illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, except when you switch the ignition on, the anti-lock braking system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is disabled, normal braking is still effective.
See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 84).
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
This lamp also illuminates momentarily when you switch E270480 the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or if it begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If the brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released, have the system checked immediately.

177

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Brakes

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock brake system does not eliminate the risks when: · You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you. · Your vehicle is hydroplaning. · You take corners too fast. · The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake pedal could pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system.
WARNING: The electric parking brake does not operate if the vehicle battery is running out of charge.
Your vehicle has an electric parking brake. You operate it with a switch instead of a lever. The switch is on the center console or to the left-hand side of the steering wheel, on the lower part of the instrument panel.
Note: The electric parking brake makes noises during operation. This is normal.

Applying the Electric Parking Brake
Pull the switch upward.
E267156

The red warning lamp flashes during operation and illuminates when the parking brake is applied.
Note: It remains illuminated for a short period of time after you switch the ignition off.
If it continues to flash or does not illuminate, the system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: You can apply the electric parking brake when the ignition is off.
Note: The electric parking brake could automatically apply when you shift into park (P). See Automatic Transmission (page 166).

Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an Emergency

Note: Do not apply the electric parking brake when your vehicle is moving, except in an emergency. If you repeatedly use the electric parking brake to slow or stop your vehicle, you could cause damage to the brake system.

You can use the electric parking brake to slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.

E267156

Pull the switch upward and hold it.

The red warning lamp illuminates, a tone sounds and the stoplamps turn on.
The electric parking brake continues to slow your vehicle down unless you release the switch.

178
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Brakes

Manually Releasing the Electric Parking Brake Switch the ignition on. Press and hold the brake pedal.
Push the switch downward.
E267156
The red warning lamp turns off.

If it remains illuminated or flashes, the system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a Trailer

Press and hold the brake pedal.

E267156

Pull the switch upward and hold it.

Shift into gear.
Press the accelerator pedal until engine has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the hill.

E267156

Release the switch and pull away in a normal manner.

Automatically Releasing the Electric Parking Brake
Close the driver door. Shift into gear. Press the accelerator pedal and pull away in a normal manner.
The red warning lamp turns off.

If it remains illuminated or flashes, the electric parking brake has not released. Manually release the parking brake.
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the Vehicle Battery is Running Out of Charge
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle battery to release the electric parking brake if the vehicle battery is running out of charge. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 251).

Electric Parking Brake Information Messages

Message

Action

Park brake malfunction The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your

Service now

vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Not Released The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release the electric parking brake. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park brake not applied

The electric parking brake has not applied. Apply the electric parking brake.If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park brake Use switch to The electric parking brake has not automatically released.

release

Manually release the electric parking brake.

Park brake press brake You have not pressed the brake pedal. Press the brake pedal and switch to release to release the parking brake.

179

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Brakes

Message

Action

Park brake Limited func- The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your

tion Service required

vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park brake System over- The electric parking brake has overheated. Wait for the elec-

heated

tric parking brake to cool down.

Park brake off

The electric parking brake is released.

Release park brake

The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release the electric parking brake. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park brake on

The electric parking brake is applied.

HILL START ASSIST
WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will turn off if a malfunction is apparent or if you rev the engine excessively. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake.

When the system is active, your vehicle remains stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal. The system releases the brakes automatically once the engine has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space.
The system activates on any slope that causes your vehicle to roll.
Note: There is no warning light to indicate the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed and shift into first gear when facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing downhill.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system activates automatically.

180
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Brakes

3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for about two to three seconds. This hold time automatically extends if you are in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The system releases the brakes automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the pedal again when the system is active, you will experience significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This is normal.
Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off. When you switch the ignition on, the system automatically turns on.
AUTO HOLD
WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system turns off if there is a malfunction.

The system is designed to apply the brakes to hold your vehicle at a standstill after you stop your vehicle and release the brake pedal. This could be beneficial in certain situations, for example when waiting on a hill or in traffic.

Switching Auto Hold On and Off

E297843

Press the button on the center console. The button illuminates when you switch the system on.

Note: You can only switch the system on after you close the driver door, and start the engine.

Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Make sure you switch the system off before towing with your vehicle or before using an automatic car wash.

Using Auto Hold

1. Use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a complete stop. The auto hold active indicator illuminates in the information display.
2. Release the brake pedal. The system holds your vehicle at a standstill. The auto hold active indicator remains illuminated in the information display.
Note: The system only activates if you apply enough brake pressure. If your vehicle is on a steep slope, you might need to press the brake pedal harder before the system activates.
Note: Under certain conditions, the system could apply the electric parking brake. The brake system warning lamp illuminates. The electric parking brake releases when you press the accelerator pedal. See Electric Parking Brake (page 178).

181

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Brakes

Note: If auto-start-stop turns off the engine, auto hold remains active.
Note: The system deactivates if you shift into reverse (R) and press the brake pedal.
3. Pull away in the normal manner. The system releases the brakes and the auto hold active indicator turns off.

Auto Hold Indicator

The auto hold indicator illuminates in the information display when the system is on and is either active or unavailable.

E197933

Illuminates when the system is active. Your vehicle remains stationary after you release the brake pedal.

E197934

Illuminates when the system is on but unavailable to hold your vehicle at a standstill.

The system could be unavailable when any of the following occur:
· During an active park assist maneuver.
· Your vehicle is in stay in neutral mode.
· The driver door is open.
· You shift into reverse (R) before the system is active.

182
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Reverse Braking Assist

WHAT IS REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST
E205199
Reverse braking assist design is to reduce impact damage or assists in avoiding a collision by using the sensors on the rear of your vehicle to detect a possible collision and applies the brakes. The system functions when in reverse (R) and traveling at a speed of 1.512 km/h (17 mph). If the system detects an obstacle behind your vehicle, it provides a warning through the rear parking aid or cross traffic alert system.
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.

WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems, inclement weather, air brakes, external motors and fans may affect the correct operation of the sensing system. This may cause reduced performance or false alerts.
WARNING: Some situations and objects prevent hazard detection. For example low or direct sunlight, inclement weather, unconventional vehicle types, and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system with accessories that extend beyond the front or rear of your vehicle, for example a trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is not able to make corrections for the additional length of the accessories.
The system only applies the brakes for a short period of time when an event occurs. Act as soon as you notice the brakes apply in order to remain in control of the vehicle.
Note: Certain add-on devices around the bumper or fascia may create false alerts. For example, large trailer hitches, bicycle or surfboard racks, license plate brackets, bumper covers or any other device that may block the normal detection zone of the system. Remove the add-on device to prevent false alerts.
Note: The system does not react to small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

183

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Reverse Braking Assist

Note: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or bent, it could alter the sensing zone causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Vehicle loading and suspension changes can impact the angle of the sensors and may change the normal detection zone of the system resulting in inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer, the system may detect the trailer and provide an alert, or the system turns off. If the system does not turn off, switch the system off manually after you connect the trailer.
Note: You may experience reduced system performance on road surfaces that limit deceleration. For example, roads with ice, loose gravel, mud or sand.
SWITCHING REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST ON AND OFF
You can switch the system on or off through the touchscreen. See Settings (page 356).

Note: The system is unavailable when rear parking aid or cross traffic alert is off.

OVERRIDING REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST
There could be instances when unexpected or unwanted braking occurs. Firmly pressing the accelerator pedal or switching the feature off overrides the system.

REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST INDICATORS

If the system determines that a collision with an obstacle may occur, full braking may apply. Bring your vehicle to a stop a safe distance away from the obstacle.

E293490

A message and warning indicator appear when the system applies the brakes.

184
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Reverse Braking Assist

REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST TROUBLESHOOTING

REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST INFORMATION MESSAGES

Message Reverse Brake Assist not available See
manual
Reverse Brake Assist malfunction
Reverse Brake Assist off

Action
Make sure that all doors, liftgate and hood are closed. Drive the vehicle on a straight
road for a short period. Make sure the parking aids and cross traffic alert systems are on. If the message remains on, have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Displays when a system error has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Displays when reverse brake assist is off.

185
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Reverse Braking Assist

REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Note: If the frequently asked questions and answers that are shown in the following chart do not assist you in returning the system to available, contact an authorized dealer to have the system checked for proper operation.
Why is the system off?
Make sure you switch the system on. See Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and Off (page 184).
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure that the liftgate and all doors are closed.
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the cross traffic alert system is on. See Cross Traffic Alert (page 227).
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the rear parking aid system is on. See Rear Parking Aid (page 192).
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure traction control is on. See Using Traction Control (page 187).
Why is the system unavailable?
The vehicle has sustained a rear end impact. Contact an authorized dealer to have the sensors checked for proper coverage and operation.
Why is the system unavailable?
An ABS, traction control or stability control event may have occurred. The system resumes operation when the event is complete.

Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the rear view camera and 360 degree camera are not dirty or obstructed. If it is dirty, clean the camera. See 360 Degree Camera (page 200). If the message still appears after cleaning the camera, wait a short time and the message should clear. If the message does not clear, contact an authorized dealer.
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the sensors are not blocked or faulted. See Cross Traffic Alert (page 227). See Rear Parking Aid (page 192).
Why is the system unavailable?
You recently had your vehicle serviced, or the battery disconnected. Drive your vehicle a short distance to resume system operation.
Why does the system turn off when I connect a trailer?
The system does not function when you connect a trailer. Operation resumes when you disconnect the trailer.

186
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Traction Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING: Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switching traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off, stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by either using the information display controls or the switch.
Using the Information Display Controls
You can switch this feature off or on in the information display. See General Information (page 89).

Using a Switch (If Equipped)

Use the traction control switch on the instrument panel to switch the system off or on.

System Indicator Lights and Messages

E138639

The stability and traction control light:

· Temporarily illuminates on engine start-up.

· Flashes when a driving condition activates either of the systems.

· Illuminates if a problem occurs in either of the systems.

The stability and traction control off light temporarily illuminates E130458 on engine start-up and stays on when you switch the traction control system off.

187
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Stability Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It's always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator's ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.

If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system you may experience the following conditions:
· The stability and traction control light flashes.
· Your vehicle slows down.
· Reduced engine power.
· A vibration in the brake pedal.
· The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
· If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake, the brake pedal may move as the systems applies higher brake forces.
The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle's ability to prevent skids or lateral slides by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and, if necessary, reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle's ability to prevent rollovers by detecting your vehicle's roll motion and the rate at which it changes by applying the brakes to one or more wheels individually.
Curve Control
The system enhances your vehicle's ability to follow the road when cornering severely or avoiding objects in the roadway. Curve Control operates by reducing engine power and, if necessary, applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually.

188

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Stability Control
Traction Control The system enhances your vehicle's ability to maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 187).

E72903
A B

Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route.
Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface.

USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control and roll stability control systems off, but when you shift into reverse (R), the systems turn off.
You can switch the traction control system off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 187).

189
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Hill Descent Control

WHAT IS HILL DESCENT CONTROL
WARNING: Hill descent control cannot control descent in all surface conditions and circumstances, such as ice or extremely steep grades. Hill descent control is a driver assist system and cannot substitute for good judgment by the driver. Failure to do so may result in loss of vehicle control, crash or serious injury.
WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into park (P) for automatic transmission or first gear for manual transmission.
Note: The system does not function below 5 km/h (3 mph).
Hill descent control allows the driver to set and maintain vehicle speed while descending steep slopes in various surface conditions.
The system can maintain vehicle speeds on downhill slopes between 532 km/h (320 mph). Above 32 km/h (20 mph), the system remains on but the descent speed cannot be set or maintained.
The system requires a cool down interval after a period of sustained use. The amount of time that the system can remain active before cooling varies with conditions. The system provides a warning in the message center and a tone sounds when the system is about to disengage for cooling. At this time, manually apply the brakes as needed to maintain descent speed.

SWITCHING HILL DESCENT CONTROL ON AND OFF
Press the button on the center console. A light illuminates in the control and a tone sounds when the system is active.
SETTING THE HILL DESCENT SPEED
WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into park (P) for automatic transmission or first gear for manual transmission.
WARNING: The system does not control speed in low traction conditions or extremely steep slopes. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
To increase the descent speed, press the accelerator pedal until you reach the speed you prefer.
To decrease the descent speed, press the brake pedal until you reach the speed you prefer.
When you reach the speed you prefer, either by accelerating or decelerating, remove your feet from the pedals. The system maintains the chosen vehicle speed.

190
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Hill Descent Control
HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR
Illuminates when you switch hill descent control on.
191
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems, inclement weather, air brakes, external motors and fans may affect the correct operation of the sensing system. This may cause reduced performance or false alerts.
WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.
Note: If your vehicle has MyKeyTM, the sensing system cannot be switched off when a MyKeyTM is present. See Principle of Operation (page 47).
Note: Keep the sensors on the bumper or fascia free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are covered, the system's accuracy can be affected. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alerts.

Note: Certain add-on devices installed around the bumper or fascia may create false alerts. For example, large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate brackets, bumper covers or any other device that may block the normal detection zone of the system. Remove the add-on device to prevent false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer to your vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable the rear parking aid when you connect a trailer to prevent the alert.
The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of your vehicle. The system turns on automatically whenever you switch the ignition on.
You can switch the system off through the touchscreen, information display or from the pop-up message that appears once you shift the transmission into reverse (R). If your vehicle has a parking aid button, you can switch the system off by pressing the button.
If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display. See Information Messages (page 94).
REAR PARKING AID
WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

192
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts.
Note: Some accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks, can cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The sensors are on the rear bumper.
The sensors are active when the transmission is in reverse (R) and the vehicle speed is less than 8 km/h (5 mph). When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume.
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle approaches an object. As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. The warning tone continuously sounds when an object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the center of the rear bumper.
Note: There is a decreased coverage area at the outer corners.

E130178
The sensor coverage area is up to 180 cm (70 in) from the rear bumper.
If the system detects a fault, a warning message appears in the information display.
The system detects large objects when you shift into reverse (R) and any of the following occur:
· Your vehicle is moving backward at low speed.
· Your vehicle is stationary, but an object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at low speed.
· Your vehicle is moving backward at low speed and an object is moving toward your vehicle, for example another vehicle, at low speed.
If your vehicle remains stationary for two seconds, the audible warning turns off. If your vehicle moves backward, the tone sounds again.
Note: If the detected object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the rear bumper, the audible warning does not turn off.

193
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

Object Distance Indicator(IfEquipped) FRONT PARKING AID

E190459
The system provides object distance indication through the information display.
· As the distance to the object decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon.
· If the system does not detect an object, the distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides audible warnings and visual indication when your vehicle is moving, and the detected object is moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings stop after two seconds. Visual indication remains on when the transmission is in reverse (R).

WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.
WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts.
Note: Some accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The sensors are on the front bumper.
The sensors are active when the transmission is in any position other than park (P). When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume.

194
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

A warning tone sounds when your vehicle approaches an object. As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. The warning tone continuously sounds when an object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the front bumper.
Note: There is a decreased coverage area at the outer corners.
The system turns off when the vehicle speed reaches 8 km/h (5 mph).

Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)

E187330
The sensor coverage area is up to 70 cm (28 in) from the center of the bumper.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the system detects objects when your vehicle is moving at low speed or an object is moving toward your vehicle, for example another vehicle at low speed. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns off after two seconds.
If the transmission is in any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings when your vehicle is moving and an object is within the detection area. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns off after two seconds and the visual warning turns off after four seconds.
If the system detects a fault, a warning message appears in the information display.

E190459
The system provides object distance indication through the information display.
· As the distance to the object decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon.
· If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings and visual indication when your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below and the system detects an object within the detection zone. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings stop after two seconds and visual indication stops after four seconds.
Note: If the detected object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from your vehicle, visual indication remains on.

195
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

When you shift into neutral (N), the system only provides visual indication if your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below, for example, your vehicle is moving on a slope, and the system detects an object moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, visual indication stops after four seconds.
SIDE SENSING SYSTEM
WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.
WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.
The system uses the front and rear outermost parking aid sensors to detect objects that are near to the sides of your vehicle. The system displays them on a virtual map in the information display as your vehicle moves past them.
The sensors are on the front and rear bumpers.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt.

Note: Do not cover up the sensors. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. The system may not function if: · You switch the ignition on, off and back
on within a few seconds. · Your vehicle remains stationary for over
two minutes. · The anti-lock brake system activates. · The traction control system activates. Note: If you switch traction control off, the side sensing system also turns off. Note: Some accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts. To reinitialize the system, you may have to drive your vehicle approximately 3 m (10 ft).
E190458
The sensor coverage area is up to 60 cm (24 in) from the side of your vehicle.

196
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

When the system detects an object within the coverage area and the driving path of your vehicle, an audible warning sounds. As your vehicle moves closer to the object, the rate of the tone increases. Note: The system does not detect an object that is moving toward the side of your vehicle, for example another vehicle moving at low speed, if it does not pass a front or rear sensor. Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
E190459
The system provides object distance indication through the information display. · As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon. · If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray.

When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides audible warnings and a visual indication when detected objects are within 60 cm (24 in) and are inside the driving path of your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off after two seconds.
When you shift into any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings and a visual indication when your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below and the system detects an object within the detection zone. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off after two seconds and the visual indication turns off after four seconds.
When you shift into neutral (N), the system only provides a visual indication if your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below. For example, your vehicle is moving on a slope, and the system detects an object moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the visual indication turns off after four seconds.
If the system is not available, the side distance indicator blocks do not display.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause interference.

197
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

The system assists parking into and out of parking spaces. It uses sensors to detect parking spaces. The system then steers, accelerates, brakes and shifts gear as required to maneuver into or out of a parking space.

Using Active Park Assist

E146186

The parking button is near the transmission selector on the center console.

Press the parking button to bring up full screen notifications. Press either the parking button or the soft keys on the display screen to switch between Parallel Park In, Perpendicular Park In or Parallel Park Out parking modes.

Driving into a Parking Space
Note: When parking perpendicularly, the system backs your vehicle into parking spaces.
1. Press the active park assist button.
Note: The system does not recognize parking space lines and centers your vehicle between objects.
Note: The system detects other vehicles and curbs to find a parking space.
Note: The system searches for parallel parking spaces on the passenger side. Press the active park assist button again to make the system search for perpendicular spaces.

2. Use the direction indicator lever to search for a parking space on the driver or passenger side of your vehicle.
3. Drive your vehicle approximately 1 m (3 ft) away from and parallel to the other parked vehicles when searching for a parking space.
Note: A tone sounds and a message appears in the information display when active park assist finds a suitable parking space.
4. Press and hold the brake pedal.
5. Release the steering wheel and shift into neutral (N).
6. Press and hold the active park assist button.
7. Release the brake pedal to allow the vehicle to park.
Note: When parallel parking between objects, the system parks closer to the object in front of your vehicle to allow easier access to your luggage compartment.
Note: When perpendicular parking, the system aligns the front end of your vehicle with the object next to it.
Note: When perpendicular parking, if the system detects only one object, it allows enough distance to open the door on either side.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: When parking is complete the vehicle shifts into park (P).
Leaving a Parking Space
The system assists leaving only parallel parking spaces.
1. Press the active park assist button.
2. Use the direction indicator lever to choose the direction to leave.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal.

198
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

4. Release the steering wheel and shift into neutral (N).
5. Release the parking brake. 6. Press and hold the active park assist
button. 7. Release the brake pedal to allow the
vehicle to move. Note: You can slow down your vehicle at any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: After the system drives your vehicle to a position where you can exit the parking space in a forward movement, a message appears instructing you to take full control of your vehicle.
Active Park Assist Troubleshooting

Canceling Active Park Assist
To cancel parking assistance at any time, shift out of neutral (N).
Note: If you turn the steering wheel or open the driver door the parking assistance also cancels.
Pausing Active Park Assist
To pause parking assistance at any time, release the active park assist button.
The vehicle stops moving until you press and hold the active park assist button again.
Note: If you open the passenger or rear doors the parking assistance also pauses.

Symptom

Possible Cause

The system does not correctly operate.

The system is unable to detect a vehicle, curb or object to park next to, or in-between. This could occur because of sensors not operating correctly, not enough room for your vehicle, or the traction control is off.

The system does not search for You may have switched traction control off.

a parking space.

The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must

be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space.

The system does not offer a parking space.

There could be blockage on the sensors. For example, snow, ice or large accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors can affect how the system functions.

The sensors in the front or rear bumper could be damaged.

There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park.

There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space.

The parking space is more than 1.5 m (5 ft) or less than 0.5 m (2 ft) away.

199
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

Symptom

Possible Cause

The vehicle speed is greater than 35 km/h (22 mph) for parallel parking or greater than 30 km/h (19 mph) for perpendicular parking.

You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After you reconnect the battery you must drive your vehicle on a straight road for a short period of time.

The system does not correctly position your vehicle in a parking space.

An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from correctly aligning your vehicle.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be correctly parked.

Your vehicle stopped too far past the parking space.

The tires may not be correctly installed or maintained. For example, not inflated correctly, improper size, or of different sizes.

A repair or alteration changes the detection capabilities.

A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example, a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed.

The parking space length or position of parked objects changes after your vehicle passes the space.

You are using a spare tire or a tire more significantly worn than the other tires.

The temperature around your vehicle quickly changes. For example, driving from a heated garage into cold outside temperature, or after leaving a car wash.

360 DEGREE CAMERA
WARNING: The 360 degree camera system still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out of the windows, and checking the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.

WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.
WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving.

200
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
Note: Use caution using the 360 view when any of the doors are ajar. If a door is ajar, the camera becomes out of position and the video image could be incorrect.
The 360 degree camera system consists of front, side and rear cameras. The system:
· Allows you to see what is directly in front or behind your vehicle.
· Provides cross traffic view in front and behind your vehicle.
· Allows you to see a top-down view of the area outside your vehicle, including the blind spots.
· Provides you with visibility around your vehicle in parking maneuvers such as:
· Centering in a parking space.
· Obstacles near the vehicle.
· Parallel parking.
The front camera enable button is near the display screen and E205884 turns on the front camera when your vehicle is not in reverse (R).
Using the System
Note: The 360 degree camera system turns off when your vehicle is in motion at low speed, except when in reverse (R).

The front and rear cameras have multiple screens which consist of normal view with 360, normal view, and split view. When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only the front images display when you press the button. When in reverse (R), only the rear images display.

Press to access the different camera views.
E224483

E224783

Normal + 360 view: Contains the normal camera view next to a 360 degree camera view.

E224784

Normal view: Provides an image of what is directly in front or behind your vehicle.

E224785

Split view: Provides an extended view of what is in front or behind your vehicle.

Zooms in on the image.

E224485

Keep Out Zone

E225016
The yellow dotted lines running parallel to your vehicle represent the keep out zone.

201
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Parking Aids

Front Camera

Side Camera

WARNING: The front camera system still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out of your vehicle.
Note: The system turns off the front video image when your vehicle is in motion at low speeds, except when in reverse (R).

E231401
The side view camera, in the outside mirror, provides a video image of the area on the sides of your vehicle as part of the front 360 + normal view and rear 360 + normal view. It aids you while parking your vehicle either forward or backward.

E188845
The front video camera is on the grille and provides a video image of the area in front of your vehicle. To use the front video camera system, place the transmission in any gear except reverse (R). An image displays once you press the front camera enable button. The image on the screen may vary according to your vehicle's orientation or road condition.

202
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

HOW DOES ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP AND GO WORK
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go uses radar and camera sensors to adjust the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set gap from the vehicle in front of you in the same lane while following it to a complete stop. You can also engage the system to follow a vehicle in front of you and adjust set speed while stopped.
WHAT IS ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL WITH LANE CENTERING
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering uses radar and camera sensors to help keep your vehicle in the lane by applying continuous assistance steering torque input toward the lane center on highways.
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap setting operates normally.
WHAT IS INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
Intelligent adaptive cruise control combines speed sign recognition with adaptive cruise control to adjust the cruise set speed to the speed limit detected by the speed sign recognition system. For example, if the speed sign recognition system detects a 80 km/h (50 mph) speed limit, the cruise set speed is updated to 80 km/h (50 mph) +/- the driver's selected speed offset.
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap setting operates normally.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS - VEHICLES WITH: LANE CENTERING
Adaptive cruise control precautions apply to lane centering unless stated otherwise or contradicted by a lane centering precaution. See Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions (page 203).
WARNING: Do not use the system when towing a trailer. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system if any changes or modifications to the steering wheel have been made. Any changes or modifications to the steering wheel could affect the functionality or performance of the system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS - VEHICLES WITH: STOP AND GO
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

203
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

WARNING: Pay close attention to changing road conditions such as entering or leaving a highway, on roads with intersections or roundabouts, roads without visible lanes of travel, roads that are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep slopes.
WARNING: The system does not control speed in low traction conditions or extremely steep slopes. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: The system is not a crash warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Do not use the system when towing a trailer that has aftermarket electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the system with a snow plow blade installed.
WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow.

When Following a Vehicle
WARNING: When following a vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does not always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
Hilly Condition Usage
You should select a lower gear when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle's regular brake system to prevent it from overheating.
Note: An audible alarm sounds and the system shuts down if it applies brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system functions normally again after the brakes cool.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL LIMITATIONS - VEHICLES WITH: LANE CENTERING
Adaptive cruise control limitations apply to lane centering unless stated otherwise or contradicted by a lane centering limitation. See Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations (page 205).
The system may not correctly operate in any of the following conditions:
· The lane is too narrow or wide.
· The system does not detect at least one lane marking or when lanes merge or split.
· Limited steering torque input is applied.

204
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

· Areas under construction or new infrastructure.
· When modifications to the steering system have been made.
· When using a spare tire.
Note: The driving assistance torque is limited and may not be sufficient for all driving situations such as driving through tight curves or driving through curves at high speeds.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system may deviate from the center line.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL LIMITATIONS - VEHICLES WITH: STOP AND GO
Sensor Limitations
WARNING: On rare occasions, detection issues can occur due to the road infrastructures, for example bridges, tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required.
WARNING: If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside lighting can limit sensor performance.

WARNING: The system only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor. In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 10 km/h (6 mph).
WARNING: The system does not detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
WARNING: The system does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: The sensor may incorrectly track lane markings as other structures or objects. This can result in a false or missed warning.

E307893
The camera is mounted on the windshield behind the interior mirror.

205
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control
Detection issues can occur:

E307892
The radar sensor is in the lower grille.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is behind a fascia panel.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front protectors, aftermarket lights, additional paint or plastic coatings could also degrade sensor performance.
A message displays if something obstructs the camera or the sensor. When something blocks the sensor, the system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does not function. See Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages (page 213).
The radar sensor has a limited field of view. It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations. The lead vehicle image does not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you.

E71621
A B
C

When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front.
With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane.
There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road.

In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly.
If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detection.

206
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

Optimal system performance requires a clear view of the road by the windshield-mounted camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
· The camera is blocked.
· There is poor visibility or lighting conditions.
· There are bad weather conditions.

SWITCHING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL ON AND OFF

The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. See Cruise Control (page 63).

Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On

E144529

Press the button to set the system in standby mode.

The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display.

Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off

E144529

Press the button when the system is in standby mode, or switch the ignition off.

Note: You erase the set speed when you switch the system off.

Automatic Cancellation or Deactivation

The system may cancel if: · The tires lose traction. · You apply the parking brake.

The system may cancel and set the parking brake if: · You unbuckle the seatbelt and open
the driver door after you stop your vehicle. · Your vehicle is at a stop continuously for more than three minutes. The system may turn off or prevent activating when requested if: · The vehicle has a blocked sensor. · The brake temperature is too high. · There is a failure in the system or a related system.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL SPEED
Drive to the speed you prefer. Press the toggle button upward or downward to set the current speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display.
E255686
A vehicle image illuminates if there is a vehicle detected in front of you. Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display.

207

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed from a Complete Stop
Press the toggle button upward or downward while keeping the brake pedal fully pressed.
The set speed adjusts to 30 km/h (20 mph).
The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display.
Note: The system activates from a complete stop only when it detects a lead vehicle in close proximity.
Manually Changing the Set Speed
Press and release the toggle button upward to increase the set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button upward to increase the set speed in large increments. Release the button when the set speed is equal to your desired speed.
Press and release the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed in large increments. Release the button when the set speed is equal to your desired speed.
You can also press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the speed you prefer. Press the toggle button upward or downward to select the current speed as the set speed.

The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed continuously displays in the information display when the system is active.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL GAP
Press the button to cycle through the four gap settings.

E255686
The selected gap appears in the instrument cluster display as shown by the bars in the image.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent and therefore, the distance adjusts with your vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions.

Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings

Graphic Display, Bars Indic-
ated Between Vehicles
1
2
3
4

Gap Distance
Closest. Close. Medium.
Far.

Dynamic Behavior
Sport. Normal. Normal. Comfort.

208

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

Each time you switch the system on, it selects the last chosen gap setting.
Following a Vehicle
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain the gap setting.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and you switch on a turn signal lamp, adaptive cruise control may provide a small, temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from the vehicle ahead until:
· The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed.
· The vehicle in front of you moves out of the lane you are in.
· You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow down your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance from the vehicle in front of you. The system only applies limited braking. You can override the system by applying the brakes.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when applied by the system.
If the system determines that its maximum braking level is not sufficient, an audible warning sounds, a message appears in the instrument cluster display and an indicator flashes when the system continues to brake. Take immediate action.
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
Press the button or tap the brake pedal.
E280804
The set speed does not erase.

RESUMING THE SET SPEED
Press the button.
Your vehicle speed returns to the previously set speed and gap setting. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active. Note: Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it.
Resuming the Set Speed from a Complete Stop
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete stop and remains stationary for less than three seconds, your vehicle accelerates from a stationary position to follow the vehicle ahead.
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete stop and remains stationary for more than three seconds, press and release the button or press the accelerator pedal to follow the vehicle ahead.
OVERRIDING THE SET SPEED
WARNING: If you override the system by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does not automatically apply the brakes to maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you override the set speed and gap distance. Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally exceed the set speed limit.

209
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

When you override the system, the green indicator illuminates and the vehicle icon does not appear in the instrument cluster display.
The system resumes operation when you release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle speed decreases to the set speed, or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORS - VEHICLES WITH: LANE CENTERING
Illuminates when you switch lane centering on. The color of E262175 the indicator changes to indicate the system status.
Gray indicates the system is on but inactive.
Green indicates the system is active and applying assistance steering torque input to keep your vehicle in the center of the lane.
Amber with an audible tone and then gray indicates a system auto-cancellation.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORS - VEHICLES WITH: INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
E292667
A bracket appears around the set speed and the detected speed limit sign in the information display. System Warnings If the set speed is increased beyond the speed limit or speed limit plus a positive tolerance value, the set speed indicator flashes. The warning does not occur if: · If you override the set speed using the
accelerator pedal. · If the vehicle speed exceeds the set
speed due to being on a downhill grade.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORS - VEHICLES WITH: STOP AND GO
Illuminates when you switch adaptive cruise control on. The E144529 color of the indicator changes to indicate the system status.

210
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

White indicates the system is on but inactive. Green indicates that you set the speed and the system is active.
SWITCHING FROM ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL TO CRUISE CONTROL

WARNING: Normal cruise control will not brake when your vehicle is approaching slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary.

Use the touchscreen to select the following:

1. Select Settings.

2. Select Driver assist.

3. Select Cruise control.

4. Select Normal.

The cruise control indicator

replaces the adaptive cruise

E71340

control indicator if you select

normal cruise control. The gap setting

does not display, and the system does not

respond to lead vehicles. Automatic

braking remains active to maintain set

speed. The system remembers the last

setting when you start your vehicle.

SWITCHING LANE CENTERING ON AND OFF
The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. See Cruise Control (page 63).
Press the button.
E262175

The indicator appears in the information display. When the system is on, the color of the indicator changes to indicate the system status. See Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators (page 210).
Note: Adaptive cruise control must be on before you can switch lane centering on.
Activating Lane Centering
The system only activates when all of the following occur:
· You have adaptive cruise control with stop-and-go on.
· Your hands are on the steering wheel.
· The system detects both lane markings.
Note: If it does not detect valid lane markings, the system stays inactive until valid markings are available.
You can override the system at any time by steering your vehicle.
System Alerts and Automatic Cancellation
You must keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times.
When the system is active and detects no steering activity for a certain period of time, the system alerts you to put your hands on the steering wheel. If you do not react to the warnings the system cancels and slows your vehicle down to idle speeds while maintaining steering control.
The system also alerts you if your vehicle crosses lane markings without detected steering activity.
Note: The system may detect a light grip or touch on the steering wheel as hands-off driving.
When an external condition cancels the system, for example, no lane markings available, a tone sounds and a message appears in the information display.

211

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

If your vehicle starts to slow down, you must provide steering input to the wheel and press and release the button to regain full system performance.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if: · The lane becomes too wide or too
narrow. · The system cannot detect valid lane
markings. · Lane markings are crossed.
Note: The system disables until the next key cycle if your vehicle slows down due to driver inactivity twice within a key cycle.
SWITCHING INTELLIGENT MODE ON AND OFF
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen. 2. Press Driver Assistance. 3. Press Cruise Control. 4. Press Intelligent.
Changing the Set Speed with Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
When intelligent mode is on, the system adjusts the set speed to the speed limit detected by the camera and the speed limit information provided by the navigation system.

Note: The set speed adjusts when the system detects a different maximum speed limit.
Note: The speed limit information provided by the navigation map data may be inaccurate or out of date. See Navigation (page 346).
Note: The system alerts you if the set speed increases beyond the speed limit. See Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators (page 210).
If the system does not detect a speed limit, the vehicle speed remains at the current set speed.
You can override the set speed at any time. You may need to override or cancel the system in certain situations such as inclement weather or if an incorrect speed is set.
Note: The system may not detect and read speed limit signs with conditional information, for example, when a sign is flashing, during specific time ranges, or when children are present.
Note: Under certain conditions, the system may not adjust the vehicle speed until after your vehicle passes the speed limit sign.
ADJUSTING THE SET SPEED TOLERANCE
You can set a permanent speed tolerance that is above or below the detected speed limit.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Intelligent.
5. Press Tolerance.
6. Use + and - to set the tolerance.

212
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

Note: You cannot set the tolerance more than 30 km/h (20 mph) above or below the recognized speed.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL TROUBLESHOOTING
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL INFORMATION MESSAGES VEHICLES WITH: LANE CENTERING
Note: Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type, not all messages display or are available. Note: The system could abbreviate or shorten certain messages depending upon which cluster type you have.

Message

Action

Keep hands on steering Make sure you return your hands to the steering wheel and

wheel

provide steering input.

Lane centring assist not Lane centering assist conditions exist preventing the system

available

from being available.

Resume control

The system is going to cancel and you must take control.

Press accelerator pedal to resume

Press the accelerator and follow the prompts.

213
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL INFORMATION MESSAGES VEHICLES WITH: INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL

Note: Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type, not all messages display or are available.
Note: Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have.

Message

Action

Intelligent cruise control Conditions exist preventing the system from being available. Speed sign recognition
not available

214
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Adaptive Cruise Control

ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL INFORMATION MESSAGES VEHICLES WITH: STOP AND GO

Note: Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type, not all messages display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or shorten certain messages depending upon which cluster type you have.

Message

Action

Adaptive cruise malfunction

A malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging.

Front sensor not aligned Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.

Adaptive cruise not available

Conditions exist preventing the system from being available.

Adaptive cruise not You have a blocked radar because of poor radar visibility due

available Sensor blocked to inclement weather or ice, mud, or water in front of the radar.

See manual

You can typically clean the sensor to resolve this.

Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a

blockage warning with no actual block. This happens, for

example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments.

A false blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you

restart your vehicle.

Cruise control active Adaptive braking off

You have selected normal cruise control. The system does not brake or react to traffic.

Adaptive cruise Driver Displays when the adaptive cruise control is going to cancel

resume control

and you must take control.

Adaptive cruise Speed Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the too low to activate adaptive cruise control and there is no lead vehicle in range.

215
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

SPEED LIMITER
Principle of Operation
WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes but a warning displays. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
The system allows you to set a speed where your vehicle becomes limited. The set speed becomes the effective maximum speed of your vehicle, but with the option to temporarily exceed this limit, if required.
Switching Speed Limiter On and Off
Press the button to set the limiter in standby mode. The E280228 information display prompts you to set a speed. If your vehicle has a traffic sign recognition system, you can choose to show the speed the system detects. The intelligent speed limit does not limit vehicle speed in standby mode. The symbol and set speed indication appears grey in standby mode.
Press the button again to switch the system off.
Setting the Speed Limiter
Press the toggle button upward or downward with the limiter in standby mode to set the limiter to the current vehicle speed. Speed limitation activates and the symbol appears green.

Changing the Set Speed Limit
Press and release the toggle button upward to increase the set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button upward to increase the set speed in large increments. Release the button when the set speed is equal to your desired speed.
Press and release the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed in large increments. Release the button when the set speed is equal to your desired speed.
Canceling the Speed Limiter
Press to cancel the limiter and place it in standby mode. The E280804 symbol in the information display appears grey.
Resuming the Speed Limiter
Press to resume the limiter. The symbol in the information display appears green.
Using the Intelligent Speed Limiter
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

216
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

The system allows you to limit the vehicle speed to the maximum speed limit detected by the speed sign recognition system. For example, if the speed sign recognition system detects a 80 km/h (50 mph) speed limit, the system limits the vehicle speed to 80 km/h (50 mph). You can temporarily exceed the set speed if required, for example to overtake.
Activation and initial set up of the intelligent speed limiter is the same as the speed limiter. When in intelligent mode the speed limit automatically changes to the speed the traffic sign recognition system detects. If there is no speed limit information available, the limit switches to standby mode.
Note: The system does not limit the vehicle speed to speed limits shown with a supplementary traffic sign in the information display.
Note: When driving between countries that use different units of measure (miles per hour or kilometers per hour), there may be a delay before the system changes between speed limit units. During this time, the display screen for the speed limiter may differ from the actual posted speed limit. For best performance, make sure that the navigation SD card is in the navigation media port.
Adjusting Intelligent Speed Limiter Tolerance Settings
You can set a permanent speed tolerance that is in addition to the detected speed limit. See Settings (page 356).

Switching From Intelligent Speed Limiter to Speed Limiter
You can change between intelligent speed limiter and normal speed limiter using the information display. Intelligent speed limiter allows you to limit the vehicle speed to the maximum speed limit detected by the speed sign recognition system. Normal speed limiter allows you to manually limit the vehicle speed using controls on the steering wheel. See Settings (page 356).
Note: If you switch intelligent speed limiter off, the system defaults to manual speed limiter. You can manually set the speed limiter using the controls on the steering wheel.
Intentionally Exceeding the Speed Limiter Set Speed
Firmly press the accelerator pedal to temporarily turn the system off. The system reactivates once your vehicle speed drops below the set speed.
System Warnings
A warning appears in the information display if any of the following occur:
· The vehicle speed exceeds the current set speed.
· The system detects a maximum speed limit that is lower than the current vehicle speed.
· You intentionally exceed the set speed.
· You unintentionally exceed the set speed, for example when you are going downhill. A tone also sounds.
Note: A tone sounds if you continue to exceed the set speed.
Note: If the speed sign recognition system detects a speed limit outside the operational speed range, a tone sounds and the system returns to standby mode.

217
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

DRIVER ALERT
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: Take regular rest breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system to warn you.
WARNING: Certain driving styles may result in the system warning you even if you are not feeling tired.
WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us.
Note: Keep the windshield free from obstructions. For example, bird droppings, insects and snow or ice.

Note: If the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged, the system may not function. Note: The system remembers the on or off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles. Note: If enabled in the menu, the system activates at speeds above 64 km/h (40 mph). When below the activation speed, the information display informs the driver that the system is unavailable.
E249505
The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor. If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold, the system alerts you using a chime and a message in the cluster display. USING DRIVER ALERT Switching the System On and Off Switch the system on or off using the touchscreen. See Settings (page 356). When active, the system monitors your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings, and other factors. System Warnings Note: The system does not issue warnings below approximately 64 km/h (40 mph).

218

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: If you receive a warning you should consider resting, even if the current assessment is within the typical range.
The warning system has two stages. At first, the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest. This message only appears for a short time. If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness, it may issue another warning that remains in the information display for a longer time. You can press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning.
Resetting the System
You can reset the system by either:
· Switching the ignition off and on. · Stopping the vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver's door.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle.
WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside lighting can limit sensor performance.

WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may incorrectly track lane markings as other structures or objects. This can result in a false or missed warning.
WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us.
Note: The system works above 64 km/h (40 mph).
Note: The system works as long as the camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: When you select aid or alert and aid mode and the system detects no steering activity for a short period, the system alerts you to put your hands on the steering wheel. The system may detect a light grip or touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving.
Note: The system may not function if the camera is blocked, or if the windshield is damaged or dirty.

219

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

E249505
When you switch the system on and it detects an unintentional drift out of your lane is likely to occur, the system notifies or assists you to stay in your lane through the steering system and information display. In Alert mode (if equipped), the system provides a warning by vibrating the steering wheel. In Aid mode, the system provides steering assistance by gently counter steering your vehicle back into the lane.
When the system is functioning in the combined Alert and Aid mode, the system first provides steering assistance by gently counter steering your vehicle back into the lane, followed by a warning that vibrates the steering wheel if the vehicle is still out of the lane markings.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system is turned on automatically at each ignition cycle.

E288067
Press the button on the direction indicator stalk to switch the system on or off.
System Settings
The system has optional setting menus available. The system stores the last known selection for each of these settings. You do not need to readjust your settings each time you switch the system on.
Mode: This setting allows you to select which of the system features you can enable.

E165515
Alert only (if equipped) Provides a steering wheel vibration when the system detects an unintended lane departure.

220
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

E165516
Aid only Provides steering assistance toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure.

Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate general zone coverage. They do not provide exact zone parameters.
Intensity: This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert (if equipped) and alert + aid modes. This setting does not affect the aid mode.
· Low.
· Normal.
· High.
System Display

E294544

E165517
A Alert
B Aid
Alert + Aid Provides steering assistance toward the lane center.
If your vehicle continues drifting out of the lane after the lane keeping aid corrects the vehicle, the system provides a steering wheel vibration.
If your vehicle stays to one side of the lane after the lane keeping aid corrects your vehicle and then subsequently drifts out of the lane again, the system only provides an alert at the steering wheel.

When you switch the system on, a graphic of lane markings appears in the information display.
When you switch the system off, the lane marking graphics do not display.
While the system is on, the color of the lane markings change to indicate the system status. These colors represent the following:
Gray: Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side. This may be because:

221
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

· Your vehicle is under the activation speed.
· The direction indicator is active.
· Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
· The road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field-of-view.
· The camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental, traffic or vehicle conditions. For example, significant sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or fog, following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane or poor headlamp illumination.
See Troubleshooting for additional information.
White: Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side.
Troubleshooting

Note: If your vehicle has lane centering assist and the system is active, the walls appear green instead of white.
Yellow: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed at any time by the following:
· Quick braking.
· Fast acceleration.
· Using the direction indicator.
· Evasive steering maneuver.
· Driving too close to the lane markings.

Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Your vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature. The sun is shining directly into the camera lens. A quick intentional lane change has occurred. Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings. Driving at high speeds in curves. The last alert warning or aid intervention occurred a short time ago. Ambiguous lane markings, for example in construction zones. Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light. Sudden offset in lane markings. ABS or AdvanceTracTM is active. There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield. You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.

222
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa. There is standing water on the road. Faint lane markings, for example partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads. Lane width is too narrow or too wide. The camera has not been calibrated after a windshield replacement. Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads.

Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the Aid or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds are present. There is a large road crown. Rough roads, grooves or shoulder drop-offs. Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure. The tires have been changed, or the suspension has been modified.

BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM

WARNING: Do not use the blind spot information system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The blind spot information system is not a replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

E255695

223

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

The design of the system is to detect vehicles that could have entered the blind spot zone. The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 4 m (13 ft) beyond the rear bumper. The detection area extends to approximately 18 m (59 ft) beyond the rear bumper when the vehicle speed is greater than 48 km/h (30 mph) to alert you of faster approaching vehicles. Note: The system does not prevent contact with other vehicles. It does not detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals or other infrastructures. Using the Blind Spot Information System Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: · You start your vehicle. · You shift into drive (D). · The vehicle speed is greater than
10 km/h (6 mph). Note: The system does not operate in park (P) or reverse (R). System Lights and Messages
E142442

When the system detects a vehicle, an alert indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. If you turn the direction indicator on for that side of your vehicle, the alert indicator flashes. Note: The system may not alert you if a vehicle quickly passes through the detection zone.
Blocked Sensors
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor. We recommend switching the feature off when using a bike or cargo rack. If the sensors become blocked, a message could appear in the information display. See Information Messages (page 94). The alert indicators remain illuminated but the system does not alert you.
System Errors If the system detects a fault, a warning lamp illuminates and a message displays. See Information Messages (page 94).

224
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Switching the System On and Off To switch the system on or off, adjust the setting. Depending on your vehicle options, the setting could be in the following: · Information display. See General
Information (page 89). · Touchscreen. See Settings (page 356). When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates and the alert indicators flash twice. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer. Blind Spot Information System with Trailer Tow (If Equipped)
E293525
The design of the system is to aid you in detecting vehicles that could have entered the detection area zone (A). The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle and trailer, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to the end of your trailer. When you attach and have setup a trailer, the blind spot information system with trailer tow becomes active when driving forward above 10 km/h (6 mph).

You can switch the system off in the information display. See General Information (page 89). If you switch the blind spot information system off, blind spot information system with trailer tow turns off.
Setting up a Trailer You can setup a trailer through the information display. See General Information (page 89).
E293526
A Trailer length. B Trailer width. C Trailer hitch ball. Note: Measure the width of the trailer at the front of the trailer, not the widest point. The maximum width that the system can support is 2.5 m (8.2 ft)(B). Note: The trailer length is the distance between the trailer hitch ball and the rear of the trailer. The maximum length that the system can support is 10 m (33 ft)(A). When setting up a trailer, a sequence of screens appear asking for trailer information: · Select trailer screen: None, Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C. Note: You can select only one trailer on small information displays. Select one of the trailers and press OK. The menu goes to the next screen. · Width less than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) and length less than 10 m (33 ft)?

225

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: You do not need to enter an exact trailer width measurement. You only need to confirm that the width of the trailer is 2.5 m (8.2 ft) or less.
If no, the system turns off.
If yes, the menu goes to the next screen.
· Enter length of trailer:
Toggling up or down using the menu buttons increases or decreases the measurement by 1 m (3 ft). Select a length that is equal to or within 1 m (3 ft) of the actual measured length. For example, if the actual measured length is 7.6 m (25 ft), toggle the length in the menu to 8 m or 27 ft. When you enter the length of the trailer, this saves the system setup.
Note: When you connect a trailer, but do not setup a trailer in the blind spot information system, the system turns off and a warning appears in the information display.
Note: If the trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack with electrical lighting, enter a length of 1 m (3 ft). Cross Traffic Alert remains on for trailers with a length of 1 m (3 ft) or less.
Note: The system requires proper measurement and measurement entry to function as designed.
System Operation
If you select a trailer in the information display prior to connecting a trailer, the system loads that configuration and the information display shows a message when you connect the trailer. A second message appears stating cross traffic alert is off, unless a trailer is set up with a length of 1 m (3 ft). The blind spot information system with trailer tow still functions normally when driving forward.

If you connect a trailer, a message appears indicating that you attached a trailer. If you have not selected a trailer previously, another message appears requesting you to select one of the trailers in the list or add a new trailer. The blind spot information system with trailer tow does not function without a trailer selected. If you do not select a trailer, a message appears in the information display stating it has turned off the system. This message might not appear until your vehicle speed reaches 35 km/h (22 mph).
The blind spot information system with trailer tow activates when driving forward for that particular trailer set up. If you cycle the ignition, the blind spot information system with trailer tow continues to function using the last trailer you selected.
Trailer Considerations
The system works with a trailer with a front width of 2.5 m (8.2 ft) or less, and a total length from the trailer hitch ball to the rear of the trailer of 10 m (33 ft) or less.
Some trailers could cause a slight change in system performance:
· Wide box trailers, especially those wider than the towing vehicle, could cause false alerts to occur when driving next to infrastructure or near parked cars. A false alert could also occur while making a 90-degree turn or driving through a roundabout.
· Wide trailers that have a total length greater than 6 m (20 ft) could cause delayed alerts when a vehicle is passing at high speeds.

226
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

· Box trailers that have a width greater than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) could cause early alerts when you pass a vehicle.
· Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with a width greater than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) could cause delayed alerts when a vehicle traveling the same speed as your vehicle merges lanes.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning lamp illuminates and a message displays. See Information Messages (page 94).
Switching the System On and Off
You can switch the blind spot information system with trailer tow off by not selecting a trailer in the information display. See General Information (page 89). In this case, the system turns off as long as a trailer is attached to your vehicle. As soon as you disconnect the trailer, the blind spot information system becomes active.
When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates and the alert indicators flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last trailer setting when you start your vehicle.
You cannot switch off the blind spot information system with trailer tow when using MyKey, but you can still change the trailer settings. See MyKeyTM (page 47).
To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer.

CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
WARNING: Do not use the cross traffic alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before reversing out of a parking space. The cross traffic alert system is not a replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.
The system alerts you of vehicles approaching from the sides behind your vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
Using Cross Traffic Alert
The system detects vehicles that approach at a speed between 6 km/h (4 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph). Coverage decreases when the sensors are partially, mostly or fully obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness.
The system turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). The system turns off when you shift out of reverse (R).

227
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only partially obstructed and zone coverage on the right-hand side is maximized.
E142441
228
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Zone coverage also decreases when parking at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage on that side is severely reduced.
Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor. We recommend switching the feature off when using a bike or cargo rack. If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display when you shift into reverse (R).
Cross Traffic Alert System Limitations The system may not correctly operate when any of the following occur: · The sensors are blocked. · Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
are obstructing the sensors. · Vehicles approach at speeds less than
6 km/h (4 mph) or greater than 60 km/h (37 mph).

· The vehicle speed is greater than 12 km/h (7 mph).
· You reverse out of an angled parking space.
Cross Traffic Alert Behavior When Trailer is Attached
Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an approved trailer tow module and tow bar, the system turns off when you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, we recommend that you switch the system off when you attach a trailer.
Cross traffic alert remains on when you attach a trailer in vehicles that come with blind spot information system with trailer tow under the following conditions:
· You connect a trailer.
· The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack with a maximum length of 1 m (3 ft).
· You set the trailer length to 1 m (3 ft) in the information display.
See Blind Spot Information System (page 223).
Switching the System On and Off
To switch the system on or off, adjust the setting. Depending on your vehicle options, the setting could be in the following:
· Information display. See General Information (page 89).
· Touchscreen. See Settings (page 356).
Note: The system turns on every time you switch the ignition on. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer.

229

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Cross Traffic Alert Indicator
When the system detects an E268294 approaching vehicle, a tone
sounds, a warning lamp illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows appear in the information display to show which side the approaching vehicle is coming from.
Note: If arrows do not display, a message appears in the information display.

If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and a message appears in the information display. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system could alert you, even when there is nothing in the detection zone, for example a vehicle passing further away from your vehicle.

Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages

Message

Action

Cross traffic alert

Displays instead of indication arrows when the system detects a vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.

Cross traffic not available Indicates blocked cross traffic alert system sensors. Clean

Sensor blocked See

the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have your

manual

vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Cross traffic malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Cross traffic alert deactiv- Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle. ated Trailer attached

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION
Principle of Operation
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked.

Note: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow, spray and large contrasts in lighting can all prevent the sensor from functioning correctly.
Note: Do not conduct windshield repairs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor.
Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit not approved by us, the system may not correctly function.
Note: Always replace headlamp bulbs with those specifically designed for your vehicle. Other bulbs may reduce system performance.
Note: The system may not detect all traffic signs and could incorrectly read signs.

230
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: Keep the windshield free from obstructions, for example, bird droppings, insects and snow or ice.
Note: The design of the system is to detect traffic signs meeting the Vienna convention.
Note: Traffic sign data provided by the navigation system contains information integrated to the data carrier release.
The sensor is behind the interior rear view mirror. It continuously monitors road signs to inform you of the current maximum speed limit and overtaking regulations.
The system detects recognizable traffic signs, for example: · Speed limit signs. · No overtaking signs. · Speed limit cancellation signs. · No overtaking cancellation signs.
Using Traffic Sign Recognition
Setting the System Speed Warning
You can set the system speed warning to alert you when the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit recognized by the system by a certain speed tolerance.
To adjust the settings, use the touchscreen:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Traffic Sign Recognition.
4. Press Speed Warning.
5. Press Tolerance.
6. Use + and - to set the tolerance.
Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

System Display
E132994
The system can display two traffic signs in parallel. You can view the status at any time using the information display. The system displays recognizable traffic signs in four stages as follows: 1. All new traffic signs appear brighter
than the others in the display. 2. After a predetermined time they
display normally. 3. After a predetermined distance, the
system grays them out. 4. After another predetermined distance,
the system deletes them. If the system detects a supplementary traffic sign, it displays below the respective traffic sign. For example, when passing a reduced speed limit in wet road conditions sign. If your vehicle has a navigation system, stored traffic sign data may influence the indicated speed limit value.
Switching Speed Warning On and Off To switch the system on or off, use the touchscreen: 1. Press Settings on the touchscreen. 2. Press Driver Assistance. 3. Press Traffic Sign Recognition. 4. Switch the feature on or off.

231
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNING: The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system. If a fault is detected, a message displays in the information display. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, switch the ignition on and watch the information display for a steering system warning message. If a steering system warning message returns, have the system checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects an error, you may not feel a difference in the steering, however a serious condition may exist. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering system, there is no fluid reservoir, no maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving, electric power steering assistance is lost. The steering system still operates and you can steer your vehicle manually. Manually steering your vehicle requires more effort.

Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort required for you to steer your vehicle, this increased effort prevents overheating and permanent damage to the steering system. You do not lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool and return to normal operation.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
· Correct tire pressures.
· Uneven tire wear.
· Loose or worn suspension components.
· Loose or worn steering components.
· Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning (If Equipped)
The electronic power steering system adaptive learning helps correct road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel. It communicates with the brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, you must drive your vehicle a short distance before the system relearns the strategy and reactivates all systems.

232
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not detect vehicles that are driving in a different direction, cyclists or animals. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may fail or operate with reduced function during cold and severe weather conditions. Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the system. Keep the front camera and radar free of snow and ice. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Some situations and objects prevent hazard detection. For example low or direct sunlight, inclement weather, unconventional vehicle types, and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system cannot help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain a safe distance and speed.
Using the Pre-Collision Assist System The system is active at speeds above approximately 5 km/h (3 mph) and pedestrian detection is active at speeds up to 80 km/h (50 mph).
E156130
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching another stationary vehicle, a vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours, or a pedestrian within your driving path, the system design provides three levels of functionality: 1. Alert. 2. Brake Support. 3. Active Braking.
E255268
Alert: When active, a flashing visual warning appears and an audible warning tone sounds.

233
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Brake Support: The system design helps reduce the impact speed by preparing the brakes for rapid braking. Brake support does not automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal, the system could apply additional braking up to maximum braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal.
Note: Brake Support and Active Braking are active up to the maximum speed of the vehicle.
Active Braking: Active braking may activate if the system determines that a collision is imminent. The system may help the driver reduce impact damage or avoid the crash completely.
Note: If you perceive Pre-Collision Assist alerts as being too frequent or disturbing, then you can reduce the alert sensitivity, though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible. Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings.
Note: Pre-Collision Assist turns off when you manually disable AdvanceTrac, or when you select deep snow/sand mode.

Distance Indication and Alert (If
Equipped)
Distance Indication and Alert is a function that provides the driver with a graphical indication of the time gap to other preceding vehicles traveling in the same direction. Distance Indication and Alert shows one of the graphics that follow in the information display.
E358669
If the time gap to a preceding vehicle is small, a red visual indication displays to the driver. Note: Distance Indication and Alert deactivates and the graphics do not display when Adaptive Cruise Control is active.

Speed
100 km/h (62 mph)
100 km/h (62 mph)
100 km/h (62 mph)

Sensitivity Normal Normal Normal

Graphics Grey
Yellow Red

Distance Gap
>25 m (82 ft)
1725 m (5682 ft)
<17 m (56 ft)

Time Gap
>0.9sec
0.6sec -- 0.9sec
<0.6sec

234

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Evasive Steering Assist (If Equipped)
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching a stationary vehicle or a vehicle traveling in the same direction as your vehicle, the system design helps you steer around the vehicle.
The system only activates when all of the following occur:
· The Pre-Collision Assist system detects a vehicle ahead and starts to apply Active Braking.
· You turn the steering wheel in an attempt to steer around the vehicle.
After you turn the steering wheel, the system applies additional steering torque to help you steer around the vehicle. After you pass the vehicle, the system applies steering torque in the opposite direction to encourage you to steer back into the lane. The system deactivates after you fully pass the vehicle.
Note: The system does not automatically steer around a vehicle. If you do not turn the steering wheel, the system does not activate.
Note: The system does not activate if the distance to the vehicle ahead is too small and the system cannot avoid a crash.
Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist Settings
You can adjust the following settings by using the information display controls. See Settings (page 356).
· You can change Alert and Distance Alert sensitivity to one of three settings.
· You can switch Distance Indication and Alert on or off.

· If required, you can switch Active Braking on or off.
· If required, you can switch Evasive Steering Assist on or off.
Note: Active Braking and Evasive Steering Assist automatically turn on every time you switch the ignition on. Note: If you switch Active Braking off, Evasive Steering Assist turns off. Blocked Sensors
E273245
1. Camera. 2. Radar sensor. If a message regarding a blocked sensor or camera appears in the information display, you have obstructed radar signals or camera images. With a blocked sensor or camera, the Pre-Collision Assist system may not function, or performance may reduce. The following table lists possible causes and actions for when this message displays.

235
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Aids

Camera Troubleshooting
Cause
The windshield in front of the camera is dirty or obstructed in some way.
The windshield in front of the camera is clean but the message remains in the
display screen.

Action
Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the camera.
Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the camera to detect that there
is no obstruction.

Radar Troubleshooting

Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way.

Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion.

The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several

but the message remains in the display minutes for the radar to detect that there

screen.

is no obstruction.

The Pre-Collision Assist system is tempor-

Heavy rain, spray, snow or fog is interfering arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist automat-

with the radar signals.

ically reactivates a short time after the

weather conditions improve.

Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals.

The Pre-Collision Assist system is temporarily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist automat-
ically reactivates a short time after the weather conditions improve.

Radar is out of alignment due to a frontend impact.

Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.

Note: Proper system operation requires a clear view of the road by the camera. Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front-end of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false detections. Have the system checked as soon as possible to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.

236

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Drive Mode Control

WHAT IS DRIVE MODE CONTROL
Your vehicle has various drive modes that you can select for different driving conditions. Depending on the drive mode that you select, the system adjusts various vehicle settings.
HOW DOES DRIVE MODE CONTROL WORK
Selectable drive modes change various electronic and mechanical settings within your vehicle to tailor its performance and driving characteristics to on-road or off-road driving conditions. Steering feel and effort, traction control, stability control, chassis control, powertrain response, transmission shift points and four-wheel driveline settings alter to a pre-determined setting depending upon the drive mode that you select.
Note: Your vehicle has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor all systems for proper operation. If a drive mode is unavailable due to a system fault, your vehicle defaults to normal mode.
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE
Note: Drive mode changes may not be available when the ignition is off or when the engine is not running.
Note: Button icons shown may vary from your vehicle.

E298238
Rotate the drive mode dial on the center console to select or change a drive mode.
E297643
To select drive modes for RWD vehicles use the console mounted control.
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV)
Rotate the drive mode dial on the center console to select or change a drive mode.

237
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Drive Mode Control

NORMAL
For everyday driving. This mode is a perfect balance of E225310 excitement, comfort and convenience. This is the default mode after each ignition cycle.

E327677
Note: Drive mode changes may not be available when the ignition is off or when the engine is not running.
Note: Button icons shown may vary from your vehicle.
DRIVE MODES
DEEP SNOW/SAND
For off-road driving on soft dry sand or deep snow. This mode E295420 optimizes accelerator pedal response, traction settings, and stability controls to help maintain forward momentum when driving through deep sand or snow. If your vehicle becomes stuck in deep conditions, using this mode may help it become unstuck.
Note: Using deep snow/sand mode on dry, hard surfaces could produce some vibration, driveline bind up, and potential excessive tire wear.
ECO
For efficient driving. This mode helps deliver maximum fuel E295413 efficiency and helps to increase driving range.

SLIPPERY
For less than ideal road conditions such as snow or ice E295414 covered roads. This mode lowers throttle response, adjusts transmission shift points, and optimizes vehicle stability controls to help mitigate wheel spin and maintain vehicle control when driving in winter conditions.
Note: Using slippery mode on dry, hard surfaces could produce some vibration, driveline bind up, and potential excessive tire wear.
SPORT
For sporty driving with improved performance handling and E246593 response. This mode increases accelerator pedal response, enhances steering to provide a sportier feel, and adjusts transmission shift points for quicker vehicle acceleration.
TOW/HAUL
For improved transmission operation when towing a trailer E246592 or a heavy load. This mode moves upshifts to higher engine speeds to reduce the frequency of transmission shifting. This mode also provides engine

238
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Drive Mode Control
braking in all forward gears, which slows your vehicle and assists you in controlling your vehicle when descending a slope. The amount of downshift braking provided varies based on the amount you press the brake pedal. TRAIL
For off-road driving on muddy, rutted, soft, or uneven terrain. E295419 This mode lowers throttle response to enhance low speed vehicle control when driving off road. Additionally, the mode optimizes traction and stability control settings, helping the vehicle to maintain forward momentum through loose deformable surfaces.
239
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Load Carrying

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Make sure that you properly secure objects in the luggage compartment. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects on the luggage cover. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle. If you are unable to fully close the liftgate, open the air vents or the windows to allow fresh air to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum front and rear axle loads for your vehicle.
Note: When loading long objects into your vehicle, for example pipes, timber or furniture be careful not to damage the interior trim.

REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE Spare Tire Cover (If Equipped)
E326709
The system is in the floor of the cargo area.
E298021
Remove the additional cover to access the spare tire and fuel filler.

240
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Load Carrying
Adjustable Load Floor (If Equipped)

E297641
Vehicles with the standard size spare tire can adjust the load floor to two positions. At the high position, you can place the front of the load floor on the ledge behind the rear seat and on the ledge of the liftgate scuff trim. At the low position, you can tuck the front of the load floor into the lower forward area of the spare tire cover and rest the load floor on top of the spare tire cover, or spare tire cover weather mat.
CARGO NETS
WARNING: This net is not designed to restrain objects during a collision or heavy braking.
The cargo net secures lightweight objects in the cargo area. Attach the net to the anchors provided. Repeat the attachment on both sides of the vehicle.

E204323
LUGGAGE COVERS
WARNING: Make sure that the posts are properly latched in mounting features. The cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or accident if it is not securely installed.
WARNING: Do not place any objects on the cargo area shade. They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash.
Use the cargo shade to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle.

241
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Load Carrying

ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS

E142447
Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the mounting features located behind the rear seat on the rear trim panels to install the cargo shade.
To operate the cargo shade:
1. Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade rearward.
2. Secure both ends of the support rod into the retention slots located on the rear quarter trim panels.

WARNING: When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
For correct roof rack system function, you must place loads directly on crossbars affixed to the roof rack side rails. When using the roof rack system, we recommend you use Ford Genuine Accessory crossbars designed specifically for your vehicle.
Make sure that you securely fasten the load. Check the tightness of the load before driving and at each fuel stop.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof panel. The roof panel is not designed to directly carry a load.
Maximum Recommended Load Amounts
Note: The maximum recommended load is based on the load being evenly distributed on the crossbars.

Description Vehicles with Moonroof Vehicles without Moonroof

Maximum Recommended Load 35 kg (75 lb) 75 kg (165 lb)

242
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Load Carrying
DOG GUARD
A dog guard compliant to ISO 27955 is available as an aftermarket accessory from our authorized dealers.
243
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Towing

TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING: Do not exceed 100 km/h (60 mph). Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The rear tire pressures must be increased by 0.2 bar (3 psi) above specification. Do not exceed the maximum pressure stated on the tire sidewall. This could cause serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight stated on the vehicle identification plate. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum vertical load on the tow ball. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The anti-lock brake system does not control the trailer brakes.
When towing a trailer:
· Obey country specific regulations for towing a trailer.
· Do not exceed 100 km/h (60 mph) even if a country allows higher speeds under certain conditions.

· Place loads as low as possible and central to the axle of your trailer. If you are towing with an unloaded vehicle, you should place the load in your trailer toward the front, within the maximum vertical load, as this gives the best stability. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).
· The trailer vertical weight on the tow ball is essential for the driving stability of your vehicle and trailer.
· The vertical weight on the tow ball should be at least 4% of the trailer weight and not exceed the maximum permissible weight. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).
· Reduce speed immediately if the trailer shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer Sway Control (page 245).
· Use a low gear when descending a steep slope.
Note: We recommend that you use a trailer safety cable. Read and follow the manufacturer's instructions when you use a trailer safety cable.
Note: The maximum permissible trailer vertical weight on the trailer identification plate is the trailer manufacturer's testing value. The vehicle maximum permissible trailer vertical weight may be lower.
The stability of your vehicle-to-trailer combination depends on the quality of the trailer.
Towing a trailer changes the handling characteristics of your vehicle and increases stopping distances. Adapt your speed and driving behaviour to the load of the trailer.

244

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Towing

The gross train weight stated on the vehicle identification plate applies for road gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to 1,000 m (3,281 ft) when towing a trailer. In mountainous regions the engine performance decreases due to lower air density with increasing altitude. In high altitude regions above 1,000 m (3,281 ft), you should reduce the stipulated maximum permitted gross train weight by 10% for every additional 1,000 m (3,281 ft).
Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or approved to have a tow bar fitted. Ask an authorized dealer for more information.
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
If the trailer begins to sway the stability control warning lamp flashes in the information display. The system applies the brakes to the individual wheels and reduces engine torque to aid vehicle stability.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Check the vertical weight on the tow ball and trailer load distribution. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313). See Load Carrying (page 240).
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed is too high, the system may turn on multiple times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.

TOW BALL
WARNING: Do not exceed the lowest rating capacity for your vehicle or trailer hitch. Overloading your vehicle or trailer hitch can impair your vehicle stability and handling. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld or modify the trailer hitch. Modifying the trailer hitch could reduce the hitch rating.
Do not disassemble or repair the tow ball arm.
Detaching the Tow Ball Arm
WARNING: Always place the tow ball arm in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile in a crash. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
You must detach the tow ball arm when not in use. Securely stow the tow ball arm in the luggage compartment.
Never unlock or detach the tow ball arm with a trailer attached.
Do not use any tools to detach the tow ball arm.

245
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Towing

E298565
1. Remove the protective cap.
2. Insert the key and turn it counterclockwise to unlock the handwheel.
3. Hold the tow ball arm. Push the handwheel inward and turn it clockwise.
Note: The mark on the handwheel turns from green to red.
4. Release the handwheel.
5. Pull the tow ball arm downward to remove it.
6. Turn the trailer wiring connection socket upward through 90 degrees until it engages in the end position.

E265433
7. Insert the blanking plug.
Attaching the Tow Ball Arm
Do not use any tools to attach the tow ball arm.
Note: You can only attach the tow ball arm if it is unlocked, with the mark on the handwheel red. If the mark on the handwheel is amber, push the handwheel in and turn 180 degrees clockwise to unlock.

E265433
1. Remove the blanking plug.
246
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Towing

E298566
2. Fully insert the tow ball arm until it engages. Do not hold the handwheel.
Note: The mark on the handwheel turns from red to green.
3. Remove the protective cap.
4. Insert the key and turn it clockwise to lock the handwheel.
5. Fit the protective cap. Fully push it back over the lock.
6. Turn the trailer wiring connection socket downward through 90 degrees until it engages in the end position.
Tow Ball Arm Safety Checks
After you attach the tow ball arm, check the following:

1. The mark on the handwheel is green.
2. You have locked the handwheel.
3. You have removed the key.
Do not use the tow ball arm if any of these cannot be met. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Tow Ball Arm Guidelines
· Replacement keys are available. We recommend that you record the key number on the lock cylinder.
· The tow ball arm mechanism is maintenance free. Do not grease or oil the mechanism.
· Remove the trailer wiring plug from the trailer wiring connection socket when not in use. Failure to do so may result in corrosion of the trailer wiring connection socket. Regularly clean the trailer wiring connection socket and make sure the socket cover is fully closed.
· If you use a high pressure water jet to clean your vehicle, disconnect the trailer wiring plug. Do not aim the water jet directly at the trailer wiring connection socket. We recommend that you detach the tow ball arm before washing your vehicle.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider.

E298567

247

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Hints

REDUCED ENGINE PERFORMANCE
WARNING: If you continue to drive your vehicle when the engine is overheating, the engine could stop without warning. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle moves to the upper limit position, the engine is overheating. See Gauges (page 82).
You must only drive your vehicle for a short distance if the engine overheats. The distance you can travel depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain. The engine continues to operate with limited power for a short period of time.
If the engine temperature continues to rise, the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The air conditioning switches off and the engine cooling fan operates continually.
1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Immediately switch the engine off to prevent severe engine damage.
3. Wait for the engine to cool down.
4. Check the coolant level. See Engine Coolant Check (page 272).
5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some components and systems can be affected at temperatures below approximately -25°C (-13°F).
BREAKING-IN
Your vehicle requires a break-in period. For the first 1,600 km (1,000 mi), avoid driving at high speeds, heavy braking, aggressive shifting or using your vehicle to tow. During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics.
DRIVING ECONOMICALLY
The following helps to improve fuel consumption:
· Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and anticipate the road ahead to avoid heavy braking.
· Regularly check your tire pressures and make sure that they are inflated to the correct pressure.
· Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and carry out the recommended checks.
· Plan your journey and check the traffic before you set off. It is more efficient to combine errands into a single trip whenever possible.
· Avoid idling the engine in cold weather or for extended periods. Start the engine only when you are ready to set off.
· Do not carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.

248
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Hints

· Do not add unnecessary accessories to the exterior of your vehicle, for example running boards. If you use a roof rack, remember to fold it down or remove it when not in use.
· Do not shift into neutral when you are braking or when your vehicle is slowing down.
· Shut all windows when driving at high speeds.
· Switch off all electric systems when not in use, for example air conditioning. Make sure that you unplug any accessories from the auxiliary power points when not in use.
DRIVING THROUGH SHALLOW WATER
WARNING: Do not attempt to cross a deep or flowing body of water. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front rocker area of your vehicle.

E266447
When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction could be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so:
· Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work.
· Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works.
Check the function of the following:
· Horn · Exterior lights
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.

249
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Driving Hints

WARNING: Secure the floor mat to both retention devices so that it cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats. This could result in the floor mat interfering with the operation of the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while your vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.

Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make sure they are secure.

E142666
To install floor mats that have eyelets, position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position. Repeat for all eyelets on the floor mat. To remove the floor mats, reverse the installation procedure.
250
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when the ignition is in any position, or if the key is not in the ignition. If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery loses charge. As a result, there may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle.
The flasher control is on the instrument panel. Use your hazard flashers when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists.
· Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction indicators flash.
· Press the button again to switch them off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the fuel system checked. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart. Once the vehicle determines the systems are safe, then the vehicle allows you to restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt, contact a qualified technician.
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of fuel to the engine in the event of a moderate to severe crash. Not every impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash, you may restart your vehicle.

If your vehicle has a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch to start position.
3. Switch off the ignition.
4. Switch on the ignition to re-enable the fuel pump.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat steps 1 through 4.
If your vehicle has a push button start system:
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and START/STOP to switch on your vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press START/STOP to switch off your vehicle.
4. You can attempt to start the vehicle by pressing the brake pedal and START/STOP, or press START/STOP without pressing the brake pedal.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat steps 1 through 4.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.

251
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle.
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch.

Locating the Jump Starting Connection Points
E288229
1. Open the hood. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 268).
2. Remove the access cover. 3. Remove the red protective cover from
the positive lead jump connection point. 4. Locate the negative jump connection point on the rear mounting bolt for the cross brace, as shown. Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: If the engine is running while the hood is open, stay clear of moving engine components. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not connect the negative jumper cable to any other part of your vehicle. Use the ground point. Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle.

252
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

E281345
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle's engine, away from the battery and the fuel injection system, or connect the negative (-) cable to a ground connection point if available.

Jump Starting
Note: If you are using a hybrid vehicle as the booster vehicle, you do not need to rev the engine.
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been started, run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected.
1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable from the disabled vehicle.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle battery.
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.

253
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE EVENT
Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped With High Voltage Batteries
(Vehicle Owner/Operator/General Public) Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle Considerations
In the event of damage or fire involving an electric vehicle or hybrid-electric vehicle:
· Always assume the high-voltage battery and associated components are energized and fully charged.
· Exposed electrical components, wires, and high-voltage batteries present potential high-voltage shock hazards.
· Venting high-voltage battery vapors are potentially toxic and flammable.
· Physical damage to the vehicle or high-voltage battery may result in immediate or delayed release of toxic, flammable gases and fire.
Vehicle information and general safety practices:
· Know the make and model of your vehicle.
· Review the owner's manual and become familiar with your vehicle's safety information and recommended safety practices.
· Do not attempt to repair damaged electric and hybrid-electric vehicles yourself.
Contact an authorized dealer.

Crashes
A crash or impact significant enough to require an emergency response for conventional vehicles would also require the same response for an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle.
If possible:
· Move your vehicle to a safe, nearby location and remain on the scene.
· Roll down the windows before switching your vehicle off.
· Place your vehicle in park (P), set the parking brake, switch off the vehicle, activate the hazard warning flashers and move your key(s) at least 5 m (15 ft) away from the vehicle.
Always:
· Call emergency assistance if needed and advise that an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.
· Exposed electrical components, wires, and high-voltage batteries present potential high-voltage shock hazards.
· Avoid contact with leaking fluids and gases, and remain out of the way of oncoming traffic until emergency responders arrive.
· When emergency responders arrive, tell them that the vehicle involved is an electric vehicle or hybrid-electric vehicle.
Fires
As with any vehicle, call emergency assistance immediately if you see sparks, smoke or flames coming from the vehicle. Remain a safe distance from the vehicle and try to stay clear of the smoke.
· Exit the vehicle immediately.
· Advise emergency assistance that an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.

254

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

· As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle, as they may be hazardous.
· Stay out of the roadway and stay out of the way of any oncoming traffic while awaiting the arrival of emergency responders.
Post-Incident
· Do not store a severely damaged vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside a structure or within 15 m (49 ft) of any structure or vehicle.
· Make sure that passenger and luggage compartments remain ventilated.
· Call emergency assistance if you observe leaking fluids, sparks, smoke or flames, or hear gurgling or bubbling from the high-voltage battery.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicator lamps in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the seatbelt pretensioners.
The lamps turn off when:
· You press the hazard control button.
· You press the panic button (if equipped) on the remote entry transmitter.
· Your vehicle runs out of power.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. We do not approve a slingbelt towing procedure. If you tow your vehicle incorrectly, or by any other means, vehicle damage may occur. We produce a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle.

255
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies

Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground, such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. Wheel lift may only be done by lifting the rear wheels and putting the front wheels on dollies. This prevents damage to the transmission, all-wheel or four-wheel drive system and vehicle.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling trailer or a flatbed transport vehicle, you can flat-tow with all wheels on the ground under limited conditions. See Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels (page 247).
TOWING POINTS
Front Towing Point

Rear Towing Point
E297597
1. Gently press the top of the towing eye attachment point cover inward.
2. Gently lift it upward and then pull it straight out.
Note: The towing eye attachment point cover has a small lanyard to keep it attached to the bumper. Attaching the Towing Eye (If Equipped)

E297569
1. Insert a suitable object into the hole on the underside of the cover.
2. Carefully pry off the cover.
Note: The towing eye attachment point cover has a small lanyard to keep it attached to the bumper.

WARNING: Make sure that the towing eye is fully tightened. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: You must switch the ignition on when your vehicle is being towed.

256
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Roadside Emergencies
E297842
1. Carefully remove the front or rear towing eye attachment point cover.
2. Install the towing eye. Note: It has a left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise to install it. Towing Eye Location (If Equipped)
E265227
The towing eye is in the spare wheel storage tray. Note: You must carry the towing eye in your vehicle at all times.
257
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
WARNING: Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs.

The engine compartment fuse box is under the driver side leaf screen in the engine compartment. It has high-current fuses that protect your vehicle's main electrical systems from overloads.
If you disconnect and reconnect the battery, you need to reset some features. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 278).
Note: Replace fuses with the same type and rating. See Changing a Fuse (page 266).

E288347
258
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

Fuse or Relay Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8
9 13 14

Fuse Rating 40A 20A 40A 30A 5A 20A 20A
20A
20A 40A 15A

Protected Component
Body control module - battery power in feed 1.
Power outlet main console bin.
Body control module - battery power in feed 2.
Fuel pump.
Powertrain control module keep alive power.
Powertrain control module power.
Canister vent solenoid. Evaporative leak control module. Exhaust gas heat recovery (hybrid electric vehicle). Tank pressure control valve (hybrid electric vehicle). Refueling valve (plug-in hybrid electric vehicle). Vapor blocking valve. Universal exhaust gas oxygen 11. Universal exhaust gas oxygen 21. Catalyst monitor sensor 12. Catalyst monitor sensor 22. Canister purge valve.
Cooling fan relay coil. Battery interrupt box. Transmission oil pump. Auxiliary coolant pump. Fuel flap door (hybrid electric vehicle). Engine coolant bypass valve. Active grille shutters.
Ignition coils.
Front blower motor relay.
Transmission oil pump. A/C compressor variable clutch. Auxiliary pumps (hybrid electric vehicle).

259
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

Fuse or Relay Number 16
17
18 21
22 23
24
25
26 28
29
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 38 41

Fuse Rating
15A
5A
30A 10A
10A 10A
10A
10A
15A 40A
60A
30A 30A 20A 20A 20A 20A 40A 30A 30A

Protected Component
Windshield and rear window washer pump relay power.
Charge status indicator (hybrid electric vehicle).
Starter motor.
Headlamp leveling motors. Adaptive headlamps.
Electric power assisted steering module.
Anti-lock brake system module with integrated park brake.
Powertrain control module. Hybrid powertrain control module.
Air quality sensor. 360 camera with park aid. Rear view camera. Blind spot information system. Adaptive cruise control module.
Transmission control module.
Anti-lock brake system valves with integrated park brake.
Anti-lock brake system pump with integrated park brake.
Driver seat module.
Passenger seat motor.
Front media bin power point.
Rear cargo area power point.
Console end cap power point.
Power point 4.
Power inverter.
Climate controlled seat module.
Power liftgate module.

260

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

Fuse or Relay Number 42 43 44 46
50 54 55 57 58 61 62 64 69 71 72 73 78 79 80 82 88 91 95
96 97

Fuse Rating
30A 60A 10A 15A
40A 20A 20A 30A 10A 15A 15A 40A 30A 15A 20A 30A 50A 50A 20A 20A 20A 20A 15A
15A 10A

Protected Component
Trailer brake control module. Body control module. Brake on and off switch. Battery charger control module (hybrid electric vehicle). Heated backlite. Heated steering wheel. Trailer tow park lamps. Trailer tow battery charge. Trailer tow backup lamps. Multi-contour seat module. Headlamp washer pump. Four-wheel drive module. Front window wiper motor. Rear window wiper motor. Not used (spare). Driver door module. Left-hand heated windshield. Right-hand heated windshield. Trailer tow. Not used (spare). Rear blower motor. Trailer tow lighting module. Integrated spark control (hybrid electric vehicle). Not used (spare). Electric AC (hybrid electric vehicle).

261
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuse or Relay Number
98
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 111
112 114 115 116 118 120 124 125 127 128 131 133 134 136

Fuses

Fuse Rating
10A
50A 50A 40A 40A 40A 20A 30A 30A
20A 50A 20A 5A 30A 15A 5A 5A 20A 15A 40A 15A 10A 20A

Protected Component
High voltage positive temperature coefficient heater (hybrid electric vehicle). Traction battery coolant proportional valve (hybrid electric vehicle). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Passenger door module. Body control module voltage quality monitor feed. Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Amplifier. Not used (spare). Second row heated seats. Port fuel injectors. Rain sensor. USB smart charger 1. Amplifier. Not used (spare). Power folding seat module. Heated wiper park. Family entertainment system. Not used (spare).

262
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

Fuse or Relay Number 139 142 146 148 149 150 155
159 160 168 169 170

Fuse Rating
5A 5A 15A 30A 30A 40A 25A
15A 10A 20A 10A 10A

177

10A

Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary.

Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
The fuse panel is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering column.

Protected Component
USB smart charger 2. Traffic cam. Battery electronic control module. Left-hand headlamp module. Right-hand headlamp module. Not used (spare). Transmission control module (hybrid electric vehicle). DC/DC converter (hybrid electric vehicle). Not used (spare). Low voltage service disconnect. Coolant pump (hybrid electric vehicle). Traction battery coolant pump (hybrid electric vehicle). Pedestrian sounder (hybrid electric vehicle). Not used (spare).
Note: It may be easier to access the fuse panel if you remove the finish trim piece.

263
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

E145984
Fuse or Relay Number 1 2
3
4 5 6 7 8
9

Fuse Rating --
10A
7.5A
20A -- 10A 10A 5A
5A

Protected Component
Not used.
Moonroof. ERA-GLONAS. eCall. Telematics control unit module. Inverter. Driver door switch pack.
Memory seat switch. Wireless accessory charger module. Seat switches.
Not used (spare).
Not used.
Not used.
Smart data link connector power.
Telematics control unit modem. Hands-free liftgate actuation module. Power liftgate module.
Keypad switch.

264

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuse or Relay Number
10 11 12
13
14 15
16 17 18 19
20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Fuses

Fuse Rating
-- -- 7.5A
7.5A
15A 15A
-- 7.5A 7.5A 5A
5A
5A 5A 30A 30A 20A 30A 30A 30A 15A 5A

Protected Component
Rear climate control. Not used. Not used. Climate control head. Gear shift module. Steering column control module. Smart datalink connector. Instrument cluster. Not used (spare). SYNC. Integrated control panel. Not used. Headlamp control module. Not used (spare). Headlamp switch. Push button ignition switch. Ignition switch. Telematics control unit module. Key inhibit solenoid lock. Not used. Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Moonroof. Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Not used (spare). Trailer brake connector.

265
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuses

Fuse or Relay Number
31

Fuse Rating 10A

20A

30A

15A

20A

30A

Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary.

Protected Component
Terrain management switch. Selectable drive mode switch. Transceiver module. Audio control module. Not used. Run/start relay. Not used (spare). Park assist module. Image processing module A. Not used (spare). Left-hand rear power window. Right-hand rear power window.

CHANGING A FUSE Fuses

WARNING: Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire.

E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components.

266
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Fuse Types

Fuses

E207206

Callout A B C D E F G

Fuse Type Micro 2 Micro 3 Maxi Mini M Case J Case
J Case Low Profile

267
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Do not work on a hot engine.
WARNING: Switch the ignition off and apply the parking brake.
WARNING: Do not touch the electronic ignition system parts after you have switched the ignition on or when the engine is running. The system operates at high voltage. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.
For all service intervals and scheduled maintenance information, please refer to your Scheduled Maintenance Guide.
Under certain conditions, the engine cooling fan may continue to run for several minutes after you switch your vehicle off.
Make sure that you fit filler caps securely after carrying out maintenance checks.
We recommend that you carry out the following checks.
Check Daily · Exterior lamps. · Interior lamps. · Warning lamps and indicators.
Check When Refueling · Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 280). · Tire pressures. See Technical
Specifications (page 311). · Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
(page 289).

Check Monthly · Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 270). · Engine coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 272). · Brake fluid level. See Brake Fluid
Check (page 277). · Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks. · Air conditioning operation. · Parking brake operation. · Horn operation. · Tightness of lug nuts. See Technical
Specifications (page 311).
OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood
E263274
1. Open the left-hand front door. 2. Fully pull the hood release lever and
let it completely retract. Note: This action releases the hood latch. 3. Fully pull the hood release lever for a
second time. Note: This action fully releases the hood.

268

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

4. Open the hood.
Note: There is no secondary latch under the hood.

5. Support the hood with the prop rod. Closing the Hood

E318379

WARNING: Make sure that you fully latch the hood before driving. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
1. Remove the prop rod from the catch and secure it correctly in the clip.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop under its own weight for the last 2535 cm (1014 in).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly closed.

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW

E288092
269
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

A Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 278). B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 270). C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 270). D Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 277). E Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 258). F Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 272). G Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 271). H Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 280).

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK

E250320
A B C

Minimum. Nominal. Maximum.

ENGINE OIL CHECK
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the engine, or switch the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth.

4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
5. Remove the dipstick again to check the oil level.
Note: If the oil level is between the maximum and minimum marks, the oil level is acceptable. Do not add oil.
6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark, immediately add oil.
7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is fully seated.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately 5,000 km (3,000 mi).
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not add engine oil when the engine is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that the vehicle warranty may not cover.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine oil filler cap before you remove it.

270
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage with an absorbent cloth.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET

Use the information display controls on the steering wheel to reset the oil change indicator.

From the main menu scroll to:

Message

Action and description

Settings

Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message.

Vehicle settings

Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message.

Hold OK to Press and hold the OK

reset

button until the instrument

cluster displays the

following message.

Reset successful

When the oil change indicator resets the instrument cluster displays 100%.

Remaining oil life

{##0}%

Message

Action and description
If the instrument cluster displays one of the following messages, repeat the process.
Not reset
Reset cancelled

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER

WARNING: To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.
When changing the engine air filter, do not allow debris or foreign material to enter the air induction system. Engine components are susceptible to damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Change the air filter element at the correct interval.
Incorrect component use can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
To replace the air filter element do the following:

271
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

7. Install a new air filter element. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if it is not properly seated.
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the two boots on the air filter housing cover and torque to 5 Nm (3.69 lb.ft).
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK

E294778
1. Remove the clips that secure the air filter housing cover.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen two clamps on either side of the air filter housing cover.
3. Gently pull the two boots back away from the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
5. Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter housing and cover to make sure no dirt gets in the engine and that you have a good seal.

WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly.
WARNING: Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark.

272
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information.
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and the MAX marks on the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -34°C (-29°F) and -37°C (-35°F). Coolant concentration should be checked using a refractometer. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Do not add engine coolant when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.

Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable.
It is very important to use prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification in order to avoid plugging the small passageways in the engine cooling system. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313). Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, use the approved concentrated coolant diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313). Using water that has not been deionised may contribute to deposit formation, corrosion and plugging of the small cooling system passageways.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and models may not be approved to our specifications and may cause damage to the cooling system. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).

273

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

3. Add enough prediluted coolant to reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn the cap clockwise until it contacts the hard stop.
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1 L (1.1 qt) of engine coolant per month, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage.
In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. In this instance, qualified personnel:
1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the coolant system.
3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant substitute:
· Alcohol.
· Methanol.
· Brine.
· Any coolant mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant.

Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available.
Note: Dispose of used coolant in the appropriate manner.
Follow your community's regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
· It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50%.
· A coolant concentration of 60% provides improved freeze point protection.
· Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
· You can decrease the coolant concentration to 40%.
· A coolant concentration of 40% provides improved overheat protection.
· Coolant concentrations below 40% decrease the overheat and corrosion protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection.

274
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in the scheduled maintenance information, the coolant should be changed. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily drive your vehicle before any incremental component damage occurs. The fail-safe distance depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and a message may appear in the information display.
If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still operates, however:
· Engine power is limited.
· The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine temperature, causing the engine to completely shut down. Your steering and braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
Your vehicle has limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not maintain high-speed operation and the engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of automatically shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside assistance program, we recommend that you contact your roadside assistance service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait for a short period of time for the engine to cool.

275
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature Management (If Equipped)
WARNING: To reduce the risk of crash and injury, be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the coolant temperature reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the engine may temporarily reach a higher temperature during severe operating conditions, for example ascending a long or steep grade in high ambient temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone and a message may appear in the information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed caused by reduced engine power in order to manage the engine coolant temperature. Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain high-temperature and high-load conditions take place. The amount of speed reduction depends on vehicle loading, grade and ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is no need to stop your vehicle. You can continue to drive.

The air conditioning may automatically turn on and off during severe operating conditions to protect the engine from overheating. When the coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, the air conditioning turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red zone, or if the coolant temperature warning or service engine soon messages appear in your information display, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Fully apply the parking brake, shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle returns to the normal position. If the temperature does not drop after several minutes, follow the remaining steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart the engine and continue.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid at the correct service interval.
The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick.
Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes. Your transmission does not consume fluid. However, if the transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an authorized dealer.

276

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components.
BRAKE FLUID CHECK

WARNING: Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician.
WARNING: The brake system could be affected if the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark or above the MAX mark on the brake fluid reservoir.

E170684
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see where the brake fluid level is relative to the MIN and the MAX marks on the reservoir.
Note: If the brake fluid level is between the MIN and the MAX marks on the reservoir, it is acceptable.
Note: If the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark or above the MAX mark, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).
Brake Fluid Service Interval
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Change the brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent degraded braking performance.

277
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

For detailed interval information, see Scheduled Maintenance in your Owner's Manual or your local maintenance guide.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps, resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash your hands after handling.

WARNING: This vehicle may have more than one battery. Removing the battery cables from only one battery does not disconnect your vehicle electrical system. Make sure you disconnect the battery cables from all batteries when disconnecting power. Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage.
WARNING: For vehicles with Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement is different. You must replace the battery with one of exactly the same specification.
The battery is in the engine compartment. See Under Hood Overview (page 269).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free battery. It does not require additional water during service.
If the vehicle battery has a cover and vent hose, make sure you correctly install it after cleaning or replacing the battery.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry and the battery cables tightly fastened to the battery terminals. If any corrosion is present on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water.
We recommend that you disconnect the negative battery cable terminal from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period.
Note: If you only disconnect the negative battery cable terminal, make sure it is isolated or placed away from the battery terminal to avoid unintended connection or arcing.

278
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

If you replace the battery make sure it matches the electrical requirements of your vehicle.
If you disconnect or replace the battery and your vehicle has an automatic transmission, it must relearn its adaptive strategy. Because of this, the transmission may shift firmly when first driven. This is normal operation while the transmission fully updates its operation to optimum shift feel.
Battery Sensor Reset
When you install a new battery, reset the battery sensor by doing the following:
1. Switch the ignition on, and leave the engine off.
Note: Complete Steps 2 and 3 within 10 seconds.
2. Flash the high beam headlamps five times, ending with the high beams off.
3. Press and release the brake pedal three times.
The battery warning lamp flashes three times to confirm that the reset is successful.
Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The system monitors battery conditions and takes actions to extend battery life. If excessive battery drain is detected, the system temporarily disables some electrical systems to protect the battery.
Systems included are:
· Heated rear window.
· Heated seats.
· Climate control.
· Heated steering wheel.
· Audio unit.
· Navigation system.

A message may appear in the information display to alert you that battery protection actions are active. This message is only for notification that an action is taking place, and not intended to indicate an electrical problem or that the battery requires replacement.
After battery replacement, or in some cases after charging the battery with an external charger, the battery management system requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time to relearn the battery state of charge. During this time, your vehicle must remain fully locked with the ignition switched off.
Note: Prior to relearning the battery state of charge, the battery management system may temporarily disable some electrical systems.
Electrical Accessory Installation
To make sure the battery management system works correctly, do not connect an electrical device ground connection directly to the battery negative post. This can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or components to the vehicle, it may adversely affect battery performance and durability. This may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.
Remove and Reinstall the Battery
Install a battery approved for use by our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 313).
To disconnect or remove the battery, do the following:
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for example lights and radio.

279

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before disconnecting the battery.
Note: The engine management system has a power hold function and remains powered for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. This is to allow the system to store diagnostic and adaptive tables. Disconnecting the battery without waiting can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable terminal.
5. Disconnect the positive battery cable terminal.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery, make sure the ignition remains switched off.
Note: Make sure to fully tighten the battery cables.
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle battery, you must reset the following features:
· Window bounce-back. See Power Windows (page 76).
· Clock Settings.
· Pre-set radio stations.
Battery Disposal
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an E107998 environmentally friendly way. Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries.

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical and Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Vertical and horizontal aim is adjustable. Contact an authorized dealer.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer fluid and water to help prevent freezing and improve the cleaning capability. For information on fluid dilution follow the manufacturer's instructions. Note: The reservoir supplies the front and rear washer systems.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.
CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth.

280
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance

CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER BLADES
You can improve poor wiper quality by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield.
Replace the wiper blades at least annually for optimum performance.

Replace the wiper blades at least annually for optimum performance.

E129990
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the wiper blade locking buttons together.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade. 3. Remove the wiper blade. 4. To install, reverse the removal
procedure. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.
CHANGING THE REAR WIPER BLADES
You can improve poor wiper quality by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield.

E183236
1. Lift the wiper arm. Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the wiper arm. 2. Remove the wiper blade. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. 3. To install, reverse the removal
procedure. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.
CHANGING A BULB
WARNING: Switch the lamps and the ignition off. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury.

281
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Maintenance
WARNING: Bulbs can become hot. Let the bulb cool down before removing it. Failure to do so could result in personal injury.
Use the correct specification bulb. See Bulb Specification Chart (page 320). Install in the reverse order unless otherwise stated. Rear Direction Indicator and Reversing Lamp

E292168
1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off.
2. Use a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver, to carefully remove the access cover.
3. Remove the side cover.
4. Remove the screw that secures the lamp assembly.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle.
6. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.
7. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

E292171
A B

Rear direction indicator. Reverse lamp.

LED Lamps
LED lamps are not serviceable items. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
The following lamps are LED: · Headlamp low beam. · Headlamp high beam. · Front direction indicator. · Side direction indicator. · Daytime running lamps. · Front fog lamps (if equipped). · Brake and rear lamp. · Rear side marker lamp. · Rear fog lamps (if equipped). · Front side marker lamps. · Front signature lamps. · Central high mounted brake lamp.

282
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

License Plate Lamp

Maintenance

E292276
1. Use a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver, to carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
283
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Vehicle Care

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo.
· Never use strong household detergents or soap, for example dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces.
· Never wash your vehicle when it is hot to the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight.
· Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spotting.
· Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle's paintwork or trim over time.
· Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash.
· When filling with AdBlue®, remove any residue on painted surfaces immediately.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. If these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as possible.
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing cycle, make sure that you remove the wax from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Note: Before using a car wash, check that it is suitable for your vehicle.
Note: Some car washes use water at high pressure. Due to this, water droplets may enter inside your vehicle and could also damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Note: Remove the antenna before using an automatic car wash.
Note: Switch the blower motor off to prevent contamination of the cabin air filter.

We recommend that you wash your vehicle with a sponge and lukewarm water containing a car shampoo.
Cleaning the Exterior Precautions
Immediately remove fuel spillages, AdBlue residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle's paintwork or trim over time.
Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Note: Do not scrape the headlamps.
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the headlamps.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when they are dry.
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear window
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the inside of the rear window.
Clean the inside of the rear window with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner.
Cleaning the Chrome Trim(IfEquipped)
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical solvents. Use soapy water.
Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause damage over a period of time.

284

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Vehicle Care

Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If
Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions:
· Do not use water pressure higher than 14,000 kPa (2,000 psi).
· Do not use water hotter than 82°C (179°F).
· Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle pattern.
· Keep the nozzle at a 305 mm (12 in) distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle at an angle to the vehicle's surface may damage graphics and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle's surface.
BodyPaintwork Preservation
Frequently remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout to avoid paint surface damage.
Frequently wash the underbody of your vehicle if salt is applied on the road.
We recommend that you wax the paintwork once or twice a year.
Note: Do not apply polish in strong sunlight as this dries the polish too quickly.
Note: Do not allow polish to come in contact with unpainted plastic surfaces as it could be difficult to remove.
Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield or rear window. A contaminated windshield or contaminated wiper blades may lead to increased wiper noise, reduced wipe quality or reduced rain sensor performance.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance.
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
· Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately.
· For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water.
· Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials.

285
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Vehicle Care

Note: We recommend distilled water when cleaning.
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners and Floor Mats
Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Do not use excessive amounts of water to clean the vehicle interior.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface.
To clean: · Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner or brush. · Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. · If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set.
Seatbelts
WARNING: Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing.
WARNING: On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash.
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate the seatbelt retractor mechanism.
Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. Let them dry naturally, away from artificial heat.

Leather Interior (If Equipped)
Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use a leather cleaning product for automotive interiors.
Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather:
· Oil and petroleum or silicone-based leather conditioners.
· Household cleaners. · Alcohol solutions. · Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics.
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped)
Note: Do not steam clean.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface.
Do not use the following products: · Leather care products. · Household cleaners. · Alcoholic solutions. · Spot removers. · Shoe polish.

286

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Vehicle Care

To clean:
· Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
· Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
· If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set.
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or radio screens. These cleaning products can damage the screens.
Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas.
Do not spray any liquid directly onto the screens.
Do not use a microfiber cloth to clean the bezel around the display screens as it could damage the surface.
Rear Windows
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to clean the interior of the rear windows.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the interior of the rear windows.
Mirrors
Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.

Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Ashtrays
To clean:
· Take out any removable inserts.
· Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
You should:
· Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
· Clean and treat spills and stains as soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather:
· Oil and petroleum or silicone-based leather conditioners.
· Household cleaners.
· Alcohol solutions.
· Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics.

287
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Vehicle Care

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE
You should repair paintwork damage caused by stones from the road or minor scratches as soon as possible. A choice of products are available from an authorized dealer.
Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips.
Always read and follow the manufacturer's instructions before using the products.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers.

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you:
· Clean them weekly with the recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
· Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation.
· Rinse them thoroughly with a pressurized stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process.
Consult your authorized dealer for approved cleaning products.
Using other non-recommended cleaning products can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.
BODY STYLING KITS
The distance between the underside of your vehicle and the ground is less than that of other models. Drive with extreme care to avoid damage to your vehicle.

288
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

GENERAL INFORMATION
The recommended tire inflation pressures are on the tire information label on the driver side B-pillar.
Check and set the tire pressure at the ambient temperature in which you are intending to drive your vehicle and when the tires are cold. See Technical Specifications (page 311).
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to optimize fuel economy.
Only use approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle and could make the National Type Approval invalid.
Installation of any tires that are not the original equipment tire size can cause the speedometer to display incorrect vehicle speed.
TIRE CARE
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the original equipment tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.

*Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure. For example: For P-metric tires 2.4 bar (35 psi) and for Metric tires 2.5 bar (36 psi). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire's load carrying capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 2.9 bar (42 psi). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire's load carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1.6 km (1 mi).
*Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.

289

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires

B A

CD E F G H
I

E142543

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.)

A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your owner's manual. If not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 130 km/h (81 mph) to 299 km/h (186 mph). These ratings are listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.

290
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Letter rating M N

Speed rating 130 km/h (81 mph) 140 km/h (87 mph)

159 km/h (99 mph)

171 km/h (106 mph)

180 km/h (112 mph)

190 km/h (118 mph)

200 km/h (124 mph)

210 km/h (130 mph)

240 km/h (149 mph)

270 km/h (168 mph)

299 km/h (186 mph)

Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN): This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or

AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. See the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
*Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

291

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturers' maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless.
Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.
B C
A

LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks.
B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual, defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single, defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.

D
E142544

292
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

BCD

E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.
Recommended Tire Pressures and Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat. Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check the pressure of all tires and adjust if required.
At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer.

E142545
T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.

WARNING: Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. We recommend the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge. Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns.

293

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Always inflate your tires to the recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. You will find a tire label containing the manufactures recommended tire inflation pressure by the tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door).
The recommended tire inflation pressure is also found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch on the B-pillar, or on the edge of the driver's door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles.
Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire dismounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause abnormal tire wear. Frequently check all your tires, including the spare, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist:

Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm). When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced. Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). If damage is observed or suspected, have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended.

294

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Age
WARNING: Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives. In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently. You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.

Tire Replacement Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability.
WARNING: Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver's door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again.
WARNING: For a mounting pressure more than 1.38 bar (20 psi) greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting.

295

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

WARNING: Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 3.66 m (12 ft) away from the wheel and tire assembly.
WARNING: When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 1.38 bar (20 psi) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire:
· Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size.
· Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again.
· Stand at a minimum of 3.66 m (12 ft) away from the wheel and tire assembly.
· Use both eye and ear protection.
Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle.
It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair if the worn tires still have usable depth.
To avoid potential Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) malfunction or (4WD) system damage, it is recommended to replace all four tires rather than mixing significantly worn tires with new tires.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels (originally installed on your vehicle) are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not recommended may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system.

If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing, your system is malfunctioning. Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system, or some component of the system may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the wheels at over 55 km/h (34 mph). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive, there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Slowly drive to the closest safe area out of traffic. This could further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tires for

296
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

damage. If a tire is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving, the wheels could be out of alignment. Have the wheel alignment checked soon.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected. Front-wheel drive vehicles and those that come with an independent rear suspension could require alignment of all four wheels.
Have the tires periodically balanced. An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation

Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly, it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation.
Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the recommended interval will help your tires wear more evenly, providing better tire performance and longer tire life. Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires.
Tire Rotation Diagram
Rear-wheel drive and Four-wheel drive vehicles, front tires at left of diagram.

WARNING: If the tire label shows different tire pressures for the front and rear tires and the vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system, then you need to update the settings for the system sensors. Always perform the system reset procedure after tire rotation. If you do not reset the system, it may not provide a low tire pressure warning when necessary.
Note: If your tires show uneven wear, have them checked and corrected for any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation.

E142548
USING SUMMER TIRES
Summer tires provide superior performance on wet and dry roads. Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on the tire side wall. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All-season or Snow tires, we do not

297

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to about 7°C (45°F) or below (depending on tire wear and environmental conditions) or in snow and ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions. If you must drive in those conditions, we recommend using Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or Snow tires. Always store your summer tires indoors at temperatures above -7°C (19°F). The rubber compounds used in these tires lose flexibility and may develop surface cracks in the tread area at temperatures below -7°C (19°F). If the tires have been subjected to -7°C (19°F) or less, warm them in a heated space to at least 5°C (41°F) for at least 24 hours before installing them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle with the tires installed, or checking tire inflation. Do not place tires near heaters or heating devices used to warm the room where the tires are stored. Do not apply heat or blow heated air directly on the tires. Always inspect the tires after storage periods and before use.
USING WINTER TIRES
E278852
Inflate the winter tires to the same tire pressures as those listed in the tire pressures table.

WARNING: Snow tires must be the same size, load index and speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels can cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. Follow the Ford recommended tire inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (on the door hinge pillar, door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post, next to the driver seat), or Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph). Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use snow chains on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted with wheel trims, remove them before fitting snow chains.

298

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

WARNING: Snow tires must be the same size, load index and speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels can cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. Follow the Ford recommended tire inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (on the door hinge pillar, door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post, next to the driver seat), or Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles.
Only use snow chains on rear wheels. Install snow chains in pairs. Do not use self-tensioning snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the following specified tire sizes:
· 255/60R18
· Only install chains that are 10 mm or less.
· 255/65R18
· Only install chains that are 10 mm or less.

· 265/60R18
· Only install chains that are 10 mm or less.
· 255/55R20
· Only install chains that are 10 mm or less.
We recommend you use steel wheels of the same size and specification if snow chains are required because chains may chip aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices:
· If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle.
· Purchase snow chains from a manufacturer that clearly labels body to tire dimension restrictions.
· When driving with snow chains do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or the maximum speed recommended by the chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
· Drive cautiously. If you hear the snow chains rub or bang against the vehicle, stop and tighten them. If this does not work, remove the snow chains to prevent vehicle damage.
· Remove the snow chains when they are no longer needed. Do not use snow chains on dry roads.
· If a temporary spare wheel is mounted on your vehicle, do not use snow chains on the axle with the temporary spare wheel.
· Use snow chains that fit against the sidewall of the tire to prevent the chains from touching the wheel rims or suspension, see following illustration.

299
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

E292547
If you have any questions regarding snow chains, please contact your authorized dealer.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
WARNING: The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressures. You should periodically check tire pressures using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly maintain tire pressures could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in roadside emergencies as they may cause damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensor.
Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system sensor becomes damaged, it may not function.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

300
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor. You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer. Check the tire pressure periodically (at least monthly) using an accurate tire gauge. See When Inflating Your Tires in this chapter. Changing Wheels With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System When changing the wheels of your vehicle, the tire pressure monitoring system needs to relearn the tire pressure sensors. To achieve this perform the following: 1. Make sure all tires are inflated to the
proper pressure. If not, inflate the tires to the correct pressure. 2. Park your vehicle for at least 20 minutes.

301
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

3. Carry out the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure later in this section.
4. The tire pressure monitoring system automatically re-learns the tire pressure sensors the next time your drive your vehicle for approximately 15 minutes above 40 km/h (25 mph).
Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System
E250820
The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. You can view the tire pressure readings through the information display. The low tire pressure warning light will turn

on if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once the light is illuminated, your tires are under-inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer's recommended tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare, the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended. See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system:

302
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Low tire pressure warning light
Solid warning light
Flashing warning light

Possible cause Tire(s) under-inflated
Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction
Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction

Customer action required
Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this chapter. After inflating your tires to the manufacturer's recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label (located on the edge of driver's door or the B-Pillar), the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 32 km/h (20 mph) before the light turns off.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section.
If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section.
If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

When Inflating Your Tires
WARNING: Do not use the tire pressure displayed in the information display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

When putting air into your tires (such as at a gas station or in your garage), the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving over 32 km/h (20 mph) for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure.

303
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire. While driving in a normal manner, a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 1428 kPa (24 psi) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, the tire pressure may decrease about 21 kPa (3 psi) for a drop of -1.1°C (30.0°F) in ambient temperature. This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure. If the low tire pressure warning light is on, visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure
Overview
You must carry out the system reset procedure after each tire replacement or adjustment of the tire pressures.
To maintain your vehicle load carrying capability, your vehicle may require different tire pressures in the front compared to the rear. In these cases, the system illuminates the warning lamp at different pressures for the front and rear tires.

If the tires are rotated, you need to reset the system in order to relearn the positions of the tire pressure sensors. The system cannot tell which position a tire pressure sensor is in, and assumes you have set the tire pressures correctly.
Performing the Reset Procedure
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Navigate to the tire monitor menu in the information display.
3. Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears. If your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system reset button, press and hold the button until a confirmation message appears.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNING: If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it may not function.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in roadside emergencies as they may cause damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensor.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light illuminates when the spare tire is in use. To restore the full function of the monitoring system, all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.
If you get a flat tire when driving, do not apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually decrease your speed. Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road.

304
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 300). Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible. During repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire, then it is intended for temporary use only. This means that if you need to use it, you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by us. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged, you should replace it rather than repair it.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types:
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on wheel: This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above, do not:

· Exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
· Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label.
· Tow a trailer.
· Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
· Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time.
· Use commercial car washing equipment.
· Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following:
· Handling, stability and braking performance.
· Comfort and noise.
· Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
· Winter weather driving capability.
· Wet weather driving capability.
· Four-wheel driving capability.
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without label on wheel.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
· Exceed 113 km/h (70 mph).
· Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time.
· Use commercial car washing equipment.
· Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following:
· Handling, stability and braking performance.
· Comfort and noise.

305

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

· Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
· Winter weather driving capability.
· Wet weather driving capability.
· Four-wheel driving capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to:
· Towing a trailer.
· Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body.
· Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: The jack supplied with this vehicle is only intended for changing wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other than when you are changing a wheel in an emergency.
WARNING: Check that the vehicle jack is not damaged or deformed and the thread is lubricated and clean.
WARNING: To help prevent your vehicle from moving when changing a wheel, shift the transmission into park (P), set the parking brake and use an appropriate block or wheel chock to secure the wheel diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed. For example, when changing the front left wheel, place an appropriate block or wheel chock on the right rear wheel.

WARNING: Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle. If using a jack other than the one provided, make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight, including any vehicle cargo or modifications. If you are unsure if the jack capacity is adequate, contact the authorized dealer.
WARNING: Do not work on your vehicle when the jack is the only support as your vehicle could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use only the specified jacking points. If you use other positions, you may damage the body, steering, suspension, engine, braking system or the fuel lines.
WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and your vehicle.
WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and the ground.
WARNING: Park your vehicle so that you do not obstruct the flow of traffic or place yourself in any danger and set up a warning triangle.
WARNING: Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
Note: Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle.

306
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

E166722
Note: No maintenance or additional lubrication of your jack is required over the service life of your vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking brake and switch on the hazard flashers.
2. Apply the parking brake, place the transmission in park (P) or reverse (R) for manual transmission. Turn the engine off.
3. If your vehicle has air suspension, use the touch screen to switch on the Air Suspension Service Mode prior to jacking.

E288598
5. Unfold the third row seat if it is in the stowed position, then remove the carpeted cargo area to access the spare tire and jack storage compartment.
6. Turn the wing nut securing the spare tire counterclockwise, remove the wing nut.
7. Remove the spare tire, jack and wrench from the spare tire storage compartment.

E142551
4. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire. For example, if the left front tire is flat, block the right rear wheel.

E175694

307
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires
8. Turn the hex nut on the jack counterclockwise to remove the lug wrench from jack. This lowers the jack and loosens the mechanical lock.
E181744
9. Unfold the wrench for use.

1 2

E288597
10. Remove the strap from the jack.

E181745
11. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half turn counterclockwise, but do not remove them until the flat tire is raised off the ground.

E145908
12. Find the jacking points shown here, small arrow-shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points.

308
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

E307859
13. Place the jack at the jacking point next to the tire which you are changing. Turn the lug wrench handle clockwise until the flat tire is completely off the ground.

E306781
18. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. See Technical Specifications (page 311).
19. If you enabled the Air Suspension Service Mode, switch the mode off prior to driving.
20. Remove the wheel blocks.
Stowing the jack

E201156
14. Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench.
15. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire, making sure the valve stem is facing outward.
16. Install the lug nuts snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the vehicle is lowered.
17. Turn the wrench handle counterclockwise to lower the vehicle completely.

E176165
1. To store the folded wrench on the jack, engage the bracket of the jack base and the lug wrench pin, swing the wrench upwards, adjust jack height until the wrench hook engages the hole on jack. Tighten the hex nut clockwise by hand until secure.
2. Place the jack in the spare tire compartment, install the wing nut and tighten clockwise by hand until secure.

309

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Stowing the flat tire
You cannot store the full-sized road wheel in the temporary spare tire well.
1. Find the flat tire retainer strap tucked inside the jack channel. Lower the carpeted load floor.
2. Stow the flat tire in the cargo area on the load floor with the wheel facing up. Secure the flat tire with the retainer strap by following the next steps.

4. Weave the retainer strap through the wheel openings.
E294325

5. Locate the front cargo tie-down in the opposite rear corner of the cargo area. Thread the retainer strap through the tie-down and pull tight.

E142906
3. Locate the rear left side and right side cargo tie-down rings. Push the loop end of the retainer strap through one cargo tie-down ring. Thread the non-loop end through the loop.

E143746
6. Secure by tying a 2-half hitch knot.

310
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications

WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.

Bolt Size

Nm ( lb.ft) 1

M14 x 1.5

204 Nm (150 lb.ft)

1 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our recommended replacement fasteners.

Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any wheel disturbance, such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire or wheel removal.

E145950
A Wheel pilot bore. Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation. Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles.
311
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Wheels and Tires

Tire Pressures - Cold Tires

Spare Tire - Max Speed 50 mph (80 km/h)

Engine All

Tire Size T165/70R18

Normal Load

Full Load

Front

Rear

Front

Rear

4.2 bar (60 psi)

Continuous speeds up to or in excess of 100 mph (160 km/h)

Engine

Tire Size

Normal Load

Front

Rear

Full Load

Front

Rear

PHEV

255/55R201

2.5 bar (36 psi)

1 Only fit snow chains to specified tires.

2.5 bar (36 psi)

2.8 bar (41 psi)

312
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

VEHICLE DIMENSIONS
Dimension Description Overall length. Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. Overall height excluding the antenna. Overall height including the roof rails. Front track. Rear track. Wheelbase.

Specification 5,049 mm (198.8 in) 2,004 mm (78.9 in)
1,778 mm (70.0 in) 1,778 mm (70.0 in) 1,703 mm (67.0 in) 1,713 mm (67.4 in) 3,025 mm (119.1 in)

313
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications
TOWBAR DIMENSIONS

E132737

Item A B C D E F
G

Dimension Description Bumper to center of tow ball. Attachment point to center of tow ball. Wheel center to center of tow ball. Center of tow ball to side member. Distance between side members. Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. Center of tow ball to center of second attachment point.

Dimension mm (in) 100 (3.9) 84 (3.3)
1,268 (49.9) 614 (24.2) 1,228 (48.3) 326 (12.8)
481 (18.9)

314
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

Maximum Permissible Trailer Vertical Weight
Powertrain All.

kg (lb) 100 (220)

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE

E218575
A Type Approval Number. B Vehicle Identification Number. C Maximum Permissible Laden Weight of the Vehicle (GVWR). D Maximum Permissible Weight of Combination (GCWR). E Maximum Permissible Front Axle Weight (Front GAWR). F Maximum Permissible Rear Axle Weight (Rear GAWR). G1 Drive Side. G2 Engine Code. G3 Transmission Code. G4 Axle Code. G5 Exterior Trim. G6 Exterior Paint. G7 Emission. G8 Version.
315
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

G9 Variant. G10 Type Homologation. The vehicle identification plate is on the right-hand side door opening. Note: The vehicle identification plate may vary to that shown. Note: Information on the vehicle identification plate is dependent upon market requirements.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
E142476

The Vehicle Identification Number is on the left-hand side of the instrument panel on the vehicle identification plate.
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: · Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover. · Longer engine cranking periods. · Increased emission levels. · Reduced engine performance. · Reduced fuel economy. · Reduced brake performance.
Automatic Transmission
Note: Only use MERCON® ULV transmission fluid for automatic transmissions that require MERCON® ULV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid could cause transmission damage.

Capacities

Variant

Quantity

All.

13 L (13.7 qt) 1

1 Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes.

316
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

Materials Name
Automatic Transmission Oil P-ULV HU7J-M2C949-AA
Engine Coolant Capacities
Variant Engine. PHEV low temperature cooling loop (battery and electric motor electronics).

Specification WSS-M2C949-A, MERCON® ULV
Quantity 18.3 L (19.3 qt)
4.8 L (5.1 qt)

Materials Antifreeze

Name

Engine Oil
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet either API SP requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines or ACEA C2.
Capacities
Variant
All.

Specification WSS-M97B57-A2 Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
Including the Oil Filter 5.7 L (6.0 qt)

Materials Name
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30

Specification WSS-M2C950-A

317

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

Fuel Tank Capacities
All.

Variant

Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
Name
Brake Fluid DOT 4 LV High Performance BU7J-M6C65-xxxx
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause reduced brake performance and not meet our performance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials could result in brake system damage and possible failure.
Transfer Case
Capacities
Variant
All.

Quantity 68.1 L (15.0 gal)
Specification WSS-M6C65-A2
Quantity 1 L (1.1 qt)

Materials
Name
Automatic Transmission Oil C-ML5 7U7J-M2C938-AB

Specification WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,

318
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

Front Axle Capacities
Variant Four-wheel drive.

Quantity 0.6 L (0.6 qt)

Materials
Name
Rear Axle Oil SAE 75W-140 C 7U7J-M2C192-AB

Rear Axle Capacities
All.

Variant

Specification WSL-M2C192-A
Quantity 1.8 L (1.9 qt)

Materials Name
Rear Axle Oil SAE 75W-85 EU7J-M2C942-AA
Washer Reservoir Capacities
Variant All.

Specification WSS-M2C942-A
Quantity Fill as required.

Materials
Name
Screen Wash FU7J-19C544-AA/BA/DA/EA/GA/HA

Specification WSS-M14P19-A

319
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the

chart below. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time.

Exterior Lamps

Lamp

Specification

Power (Watt)

Front side marker lamps (if equipped).

LED.

Front position lamps.

LED.

Front direction indicator.

LED.

Headlamp low beam.

LED.

Daytime running lamp.

LED.

Headlamp high beam.

LED.

Front fog lamps.

LED.

Side direction indicator.

LED.

Rear side marker lamp (if equipped).

LED.

Brake and rear lamp.

LED.

Central high mounted brake lamp.

LED.

Rear direction indicator.

3757NAK, PY27/7W

Reversing lamps.

W21W

License plate lamp.

W5W

Rear fog lamp.

LED.

Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.

Interior Lamps

Lamp

Specification

Power (Watt)

All interior lamps.

LED.

Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.

320
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Capacities and Specifications

FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
The declared fuel/energy consumptions, CO2-Emissions and electric range are determined according to the technical requirements and specifications of the European Regulations (EC) 715/2007 and (EU) 2017/1151 as last amended. Light Duty Vehicle type-approved using the World Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure (WLTP) will have Fuel/Energy Consumption and CO2-Emission information for New European Drive Cycle (NEDC) and WLTP. WLTP will fully replace the NEDC latest by the end of the year 2020. The applied standard test procedures enable comparison between different vehicle types and different manufacturers.

During NEDC phase-out, WLTP fuel consumption and CO2 emissions are being correlated back to NEDC. There will be some variance to the previous fuel economy and emissions as some elements of the tests have altered, so the same car might have different fuel consumption and CO2 emissions.
European Directive 1999/94/EC
In addition to the fuel efficiency of a car, driving behaviour as well as other non-technical factors play a role in determining a car's fuel consumption and CO2 emissions. CO2 is the main greenhouse gas responsible for global warming. A guide on fuel economy and CO2 emissions which contains data for all new passenger car models is available at any point of sale free of charge.

FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 3.0L, PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV)

NEDC

Combined L/100 km (mpg)
2.9 (97)

CO2 Emissions g/km 66

WLTP

Combined L/100 km (mpg)
3.11 (91)

CO Emissions 2 g/km 71

321
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Connected Vehicle

WHAT IS A CONNECTED VEHICLE
A connected vehicle has technology that allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile network and for you to access a range of features. When used in conjunction with the FordPass app, it could allow you to monitor and control your vehicle further, for example checking the tire pressures, the fuel level and the vehicle location. For additional information, refer to the local Ford website.
CONNECTED VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS
Connected service and related feature functionality requires a compatible vehicle network.
Some remote features require additional service activation. Log in to your Ford account for details. Some restrictions, third party terms and message or data rates may apply.
CONNECTED VEHICLE LIMITATIONS
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or regulations could affect functionality and availability, or continued provision of some features. These changes could even stop some features from functioning.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A MOBILE NETWORK
WHAT IS THE MODEM
The modem allows access to a range of features built into your vehicle.

ENABLING AND DISABLING THE MODEM
1. Press Settings. 2. Press FordPass Connect. 3. Press Connectivity settings. 4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
CONNECTING FORDPASS TO THE MODEM
1. Make sure that the modem is enabled using the vehicle settings menu.
2. Open the FordPass app on your device and log in.
3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle if already added.
4. Select the option to activate your vehicle.
5. Make sure that the name on the screen matches the name shown in your FordPass account.
6. Confirm that FordPass account is connected to the modem.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A WI-FI NETWORK - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3
1. Press Settings. 2. Press Wi-Fi. 3. Switch Wi-Fi on. 4. Press View available networks. 5. Select an available Wi-Fi network. Note: Enter the network password to connect to a secure network.

322

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Connected Vehicle

CONNECTED VEHICLE TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH: MODEM

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot confirm the

Modem is not enabled.

connection of my FordPass

· Switch connectivity features on.

account to the modem.

Weak network signal.

· Move your vehicle closer to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.

323
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Connected Vehicle

CONNECTED VEHICLE TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi Password error.

network.

· Enter the correct network password.

Weak network signal.

· Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.

Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.

· Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the default name unless it contains a unique identifier, for example as part of the MAC address.

The Wi-Fi connection

Weak network signal.

disconnects after successful connection.

· Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.

I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot but the network signal strength is weak.

Obstructed network signal.
· If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the Wi-Fi hotspot.
· If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
· If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows and the windshield, open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
· If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the garage door closed, open the garage door.

I cannot see a network in the Hidden network.

list of available networks that I expect to see.

· Make the network visible and try again.

324
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Connected Vehicle

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot see the Wi-Fi

hotspot name when I search

for Wi-Fi networks on my

cell phone or other device.

System limitation.
· Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on.
· The system does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at this time.

Software downloads take too long.

Weak network signal.
· Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet connection.
· Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.

The system seems to

No software update available.

connect to a Wi-Fi network Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance

and the signal strength is

of terms and conditions.

excellent but the software

does not update.

· Test the connection using another device. If the

network requires a subscription or acceptance of

terms and conditions, contact the network service

provider.

325
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot

CREATING A VEHICLE WI-FI HOTSPOT

You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your vehicle and allow devices to connect to it for access to the Internet.

E280315

Select the settings option on the feature bar.

1. Press FordPass Connect.

2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.

Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting is on.

3. Press Settings.

4. Press Wi-Fi visibility.

Note: The Wi-Fi Visibility default setting is on.

Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and Password

E280315

Select the settings option on the feature bar.

1. Press FordPass Connect.

2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.

3. Press Settings.

Note: The SSID is the hotspot name.

4. Press View password.

Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi Hotspot

1. On your device, switch Wi-Fi on and select the hotspot from the list of available Wi-Fi networks.
2. When prompted, enter the password.

Purchasing a Data Plan

1. Connect a device to the hotspot.
Note: The vehicle network carrier's portal opens on your device.

2. If the portal does not open on your device, open a website and it redirects to the vehicle network carrier's portal.
Note: Secure websites do not redirect.
3. Follow the instructions on the carrier portal to purchase a plan.
Note: If you have an active plan, the system does not redirect to the vehicle network carrier's portal when you connect a device. Visit the vehicle network carrier's website to purchase more data.
Note: If data usage information is available in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is approximate.
Note: If you carry out a master reset, the system does not remove your vehicle from your vehicle network carrier's account. To remove your vehicle from the account, contact your vehicle network carrier.
Note: The vehicle network carrier provides Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage and availability.

CHANGING THE VEHICLE WIFI HOTSPOT NAME OR PASSWORD

E280315

Select the settings option on the feature bar.

1. Press FordPass Connect.

2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.

3. Press Settings.

4. Press Edit.

5. Press Change SSID name.

6. Enter your required SSID.

7. Press Done.

8. Press Change password.

9. Enter your required password.

10. Press Done.

326

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Audio System

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any

hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Note: Listening to loud audio for long periods of time could damage your hearing.

Distance and strength Terrain Station overload

Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting.

AUDIO UNIT

Adjusting the Volume

E286496
Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.
Note: Some features, such as satellite radio, may not be available in your location. Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: The touchscreen system controls most of the audio features.

E265373
Turn to adjust the volume.

327
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Audio System

Changing Radio Stations
E265696
In radio mode, turn to search through the radio frequency band. In satellite radio mode, turn to find the previous or next available satellite radio station. Switching the Audio Unit On and Off
Press and release the button. Using Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse
In radio mode, select a frequency band and press and release either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction.

In satellite radio mode, press and release to select the next or previous satellite radio station. If you select a specific category, such as jazz, rock or news, press to find the next or previous station in that category.
DIGITAL RADIO
General Information
The system allows you to listen to DAB (Digital Audio Broadcast) radio stations.
Note: Coverage differs from region to region and influences the quality of reception. It is broadcast nationwide, regionally and locally. Coverage may vary on weather conditions and terrain.
The following formats are supported: · DAB. · DAB+. · DMB-Audio (Digital Multimedia
Broadcasting).
Ensembles
Ensembles contain a group of radio stations. Each ensemble can consist of several different radio stations.
The radio station name displays below the ensemble name.
Note: When you tune from one ensemble to another, it can take a while until the system synchronizes to the next ensemble. The system mutes during synchronization.
Service Linking
If you leave the coverage area of a DAB radio station the system changes to the corresponding FM radio station.
Note: If a DAB radio station has no corresponding FM radio station, the audio mutes when attempting to change.
Note: The system displays the FM symbol when DAB and FM radio stations link.

328

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Audio System

Note: The sound quality changes when your system changes from DAB to the corresponding FM station.
Selecting Radio Band
1. Select Sources. 2. Select DAB. Note: When you reach the first or last radio station within an ensemble, further tuning skips to the next ensemble. There may be a delay during this change and the audio briefly mutes.
Radio Station Tuning Control
Seek Tuning
1. Press a seek button. The system stops at the first radio station it finds in the direction chosen.
Selecting a Radio Station from a List
1. Select Sources. 2. Select DAB. 3. Select Station. 4. Select a radio station from the list.
Manual Tuning
1. Press the tune buttons. Press and hold to move through the waveband quickly.
Storing a Radio Station
You can store up to 30 presets. To view all stored presets, swipe the preset page left or right on the touchscreen.
1. Set a radio station. 2. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate you have successfully stored the radio station.

Note: You can add or remove preset pages using the Audio Source tile in the settings menu. Radio Text You can display extra information. For example, artist name. You can switch this option on and off using the Audio tile in the settings menu. Note: Extra information may not always be available.
USB PORT
WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
USB A
E201595

329
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

USB C

Audio System

E301114
The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices.
Note: We recommend using only USB-IF certified cables and adapters. Non-certified cables and adapters may not work.
Locating the USB Ports
The USB ports may be in the following locations:
· Inside the media bin. · Inside the center console. · On the lower instrument panel.
Note: The number and type of USB ports may vary depending on your vehicle.
Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have data transfer capabilities. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 133).

330
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

GENERAL INFORMATION

Using the Touchscreen

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
About SYNC
The system allows you to interact with the entertainment, information and communication systems on your vehicle using voice commands and a touchscreen. The system provides easy interaction with audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and settings.
Note: You can switch the system on and use it for up to an hour without switching the ignition on.
Note: You can use the system after you switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes or until you open a door.
Note: For your safety, some features are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph).

E293823
A Status bar. B Home screen. C Clock. See Settings (page 356). D Outside air temperature. E Feature bar. Status Bar
Cell phone microphone muted.
Audio system muted.
Software update installed.
Wi-Fi connected.

Cell phone roaming.

Text message received.

331
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Emergency Assistance off.

Cell phone network signal strength.
Vehicle data sharing on.

Vehicle location sharing on.

E323531

Vehicle data and vehicle location sharing on. Traffic data source: Live traffic.
Traffic data source: Traffic broadcast. Wireless charger active.

Feature Bar

Select to use the radio, a USB, a media player or a Bluetooth® E100027 device. See Entertainment (page 339).

E283811

Select to adjust climate settings. See Climate (page 341).
Select to make calls and access the phonebook on your cell phone. See Phone (page 344).

Select to use the navigation system. See Navigation (page 346).

354).

Select to search for and use compatible apps on your iOS or Android device. See Apps (page

E280315

Select to adjust system settings. See Settings (page 356).

Cleaning the Touchscreen See Cleaning the Interior (page 285).

Updating the System

Updating the System Using a USB Drive

Downloading an Update
1. Go to the SYNC update page on the local Ford website.
2. Download the update.
Note: The website notifies you if an update is available.
3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.
Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and meet the minimum requirements detailed on the website.
4. Follow the instructions provided to download the update to the USB drive.

Installing an Update
Note: You can use the system when installation is in progress.
1. Disconnect all other USB devices from the USB ports.
2. Connect the USB drive with the update to a USB port.
Note: Installation starts automatically within 10 minutes.

Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi Network Connection

Switching Automatic System Updates On
1. Select Settings. 2. Select Automatic updates. 3. Switch Automatic system updates on.

332
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

The system is now set to check for and receive system updates when it is connected to a Wi-Fi network. Note: You can use the system when download is in progress. Note: If the system is disconnected from the Wi-Fi network when download is in progress, the download continues the next time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi network. Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network See Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network (page 322). Additional Information and Assistance For additional information and assistance, we recommend that you contact an authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford website.
General

USING VOICE RECOGNITION

The system allows you to interact with the entertainment, information and communication systems on your vehicle using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the steering wheel and focus on what is in front of you.

E142599

Press the voice control button on the steering wheel and wait for the voice prompt.

Note: Press the voice control button again to interrupt a voice prompt and begin speaking.

Note: Turn the volume control when a voice prompt plays to adjust the volume.

Note: Press and hold the voice control button on the steering wheel to use Siri on your iOS device.

The following voice commands are designed to help you from any screen:

· List of commands

· Help

The following tables list some of the more frequently used voice commands. For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the local Ford website.

Voice Command ___ list of commands
Cancel ___ help
Back Main menu

Description Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.1 Cancel an active voice session. Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.1 Return to the previous screen. Go to the main menu.

333
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Voice Command

Description

Go to the next page.

Go to the previous page.

1 Add the name of the feature to the command.

Entertainment Audio Source
Voice Command Radio CD Player Bluetooth audio USB

Description Use the radio. Use the CD player. Use a Bluetooth® device. Use a USB or media player.

Radio

Voice Command

Description

Listen to AM radio.

___ AM

Tune to a specific AM frequency.1

DAB

Listen to DAB radio.

Listen to FM radio.

___ FM

Tune to a specific FM frequency.1

1 Add the radio frequency to two decimal places to the command.

334
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

USB and Media Player

Voice Command

Description

Play album ___

Play artist ___

Play audiobook ___

Play genre ___ Play playlist ___

Play your music by category.1

Play podcast ___

Play song ___

Browse all albums

Browse all artists

Browse all audiobooks

Browse all genres

Browse music on a USB device.

Browse all playlists

Browse all podcasts

Browse all tracks

Browse album ___

Browse artist ___

Browse audiobook ___ Browse genre ___

Browse your music by category on a USB device.1

Browse playlist ___

Browse podcast ___
1 Add an album name, artist name, audiobook name, genre name, playlist name, podcast name or track name to the command. Say the name exactly as it appears on your device.

335
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Phone

Voice Command

Description

Pair phone

Pair a cell phone or Bluetooth®-enabled device.

Redial

Redial the last number that you dialed.

Dial ___

Dial a number.1

Call ___

Call a specific contact from your phonebook.2

Call ___ ___

Call a specific contact from your phonebook at a specific location.3

Listen to message

Listen to a text message.

Listen to message ___

Listen to a specific text message from a list of text messages.

Reply to message

Reply to the last text message.

1 Add the number you want to dial to the command.
2 Add a contact name from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.
3 Add a contact name and location from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.

336
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Navigation (If Equipped) Setting a Destination

Voice Command

Description

Find an address

Enter a destination address. When prompted, provide the house number, the street and city.

Find a POI

Search for a point of interest by name or by category.

Find nearest ___

Search for a nearby point of interest by category.1

Find a POI category

Search for a point of interest category.1

Destination home

Set your saved home address as your destination.

Destination work

Set your saved place of work as your destination.

Previous destinations

Display and select from a list of previous destinations.

Favourite destinations

Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.

1 Add a point of interest category or the name of a major brand or chain to the command.

Route Guidance
Voice Command Cancel route Reroute Repeat last instruction Show route Show map Show north up
Show heading up
Show 3D

Description
Cancel the current route.
Select an alternate route.
Repeat the last guidance prompt.
Display an overview of the route.
Display the map on the touchscreen.
Display a two-dimensional map with north toward the top of the touchscreen.
Display a two-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the top of the touchscreen.
Display a three-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the front.

337
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Apps General
Voice Command Mobile apps
List apps Find apps

Description
Start an app. The system prompts your for the app name.
Get a list of apps running on your device.
Search and connect to apps running on your device.

Active App

Voice Command

Description

___ help

Get a list of voice commands for a specific app.1

Close ___

Close an app.1

1 Add an app name to the command.

Voice Settings
Voice Command Voice settings Interaction mode standard Interaction mode advanced Call confirmation on
Call confirmation off
Voice command lists on Voice command lists off

Description
Go to the voice settings menu. Switch long voice prompts on. Switch short voice prompts on. Switch call confirmation on. The system prompts you to confirm before making a call. Switch call confirmation off. The system does not prompt you to confirm before making a call. Switch the display of voice commands on. Switch the display of voice commands off.

338
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Automatic Blower Motor Speed Reduction
If necessary, the system decreases the blower motor speed when you are using voice commands to reduce the amount of background noise in your vehicle. It returns to normal when you are finished.
Switching Automatic Blower Motor Speed Reduction Off
Simultaneously press the A/C and recirculated air buttons.
ENTERTAINMENT
Select the audio option on the feature bar.
A

E293491

A Audio source. Select to choose a different audio source.
B Presets. Swipe left to view more presets.

You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands.

Using the Radio Setting an AM/FM Radio Station 1. Select Sources. 2. Select AM or FM.
E270235 3. Rotate the control to change the
frequency. Selecting a FM Radio Station From a List 1. Select Sources. 2. Select FM. 3. Select Stations. 4. Select a radio station from the list. Selecting a Digital Radio Station From a List 1. Select Sources. 2. Select DAB. 3. Select Stations. 4. Select an ensemble. 5. Select a radio station from the list.

339
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Manually Changing Digital Radio Stations

Note: If you switch traffic announcements on, traffic announcements broadcast by radio stations interrupt the current audio source to help you plan your route.
Streaming Music From a Bluetooth® Device.
Check the compatibility of your device on the local Ford website.
Pair your device. See Phone (page 344).
Select Sources.
Select Bluetooth.

E270235
Rotate the control to change the station.
Automatically Changing Radio Stations
Press to seek the next station up the frequency band. Press and hold to quickly seek up the frequency band.
Press to seek the next station down the frequency band. Press and hold to quickly seek down the frequency band.
Storing a Radio Station
Press and hold one of the preset buttons. Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate the station has been stored. Note: You can add additional preset pages using the settings option on the feature bar.
Switching Traffic Announcements On
Select Traffic (TA).

Searching for Tracks on Bluetooth® Device.
Select Browse.
Select a track.
Note: Select the cover art to view information about the current track.
Playing Tracks on Bluetooth® Device in a Random Order.
E309027 Select to play tracks in a random order.
Repeating Tracks on Bluetooth® Device.
Select the repeat icon to repeat tracks.
Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks on an audio format Bluetooth® Device. You can repeat one track, all tracks or all tracks in one folder on a Bluetooth® Device.
Note: A small number one appears next to the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set to repeat. A small folder icon appears next to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat.

340
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Playing Music From a USB or Media Player Connect your device to a USB port. Select Sources. E309028 Select USB.

Note: The system indexes your music before you can play it.

Searching for Tracks on a USB or Media Player

Select Browse.
Select a track.
Note: Select the cover art to view information about the current track.
Note: You can also browse by album, artist, audiobook, genre, playlist, podcast or track name.

Playing Tracks on a USB or Media Player in a Random Order

E309027

Select to play tracks in a random order.

Repeating Tracks on a USB or Media Player
Select the repeat icon to repeat tracks.
Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks on an audio format USB or media player. You can repeat one track, all tracks or all tracks in one folder on a USB or media player.
Note: A small number one appears next to the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set to repeat. A small folder icon appears next to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat.

Supported Devices
The system supports most USB and media players, including iOS and Android devices.
Supported File Formats
The system supports the following file formats:
· MP3, MP4, WMA, WAV, AAC, AIFF, APE, DSD, and FLAC audio file formats.
· MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC file extensions.
· FAT, exFAT, and NTFS file systems.
Audio File Metadata
The system organizes files on your USB or media player by metadata tags. Metadata tags contain information about the file. If the metadata tags for the files on your USB or media player contain no information, the system classifies them as unknown. The system can index up to 50000 tracks on a USB device or media player, and up to 10 devices.

CLIMATE

Touch the climate button on the touchscreen to access the climate control features.
Note: You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See Settings (page 356).

Accessing the Climate Control Menu

E265038

Touch the button to access additional controls for the front climate system.

Directing the Airflow
Touch the button to direct airflow to the windshield air vents and de-mister.

341

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Touch the button to direct E244097 airflow to the instrument panel
air vents.
Touch the button to direct airflow to the footwell air vents.
You can direct air through any combination of these air vents.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Touch up or down to increase or decrease the volume of air that circulates in your vehicle.
Setting the Temperature
Touch up or down on the left-hand temperature control to set the left-hand temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the right-hand side temperature when you switch off dual zone mode.
Touch up or down on the right-hand temperature control to set the right-hand temperature.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Touch the button to switch on automatic operation, then set the temperature.
The system adjusts the blower motor speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air to reach and maintain the temperature you have set.
Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off
A pop-up appears on the screen to display the air conditioning options.

MAX A/C: Touch the button to activate and maximize cooling. The driver and passenger temperatures are set to LO, recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
A/C: Touch to switch the air conditioning on or off. Use A/C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions, such as maximum defrost, the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though you switch off the air conditioning.
Switching the Climate Control On and Off
Touch the button.

Switching the Climate Controlled Seats On and Off

E265282

Touch the button to cycle through the various climate controlled seat settings.

Switching Dual Zone Mode On and Off

E265280

Touch the button to switch on temperature control for the right-hand side of the vehicle.

Switching the Heated Exterior Mirrors On and Off
Touch the button.
E266189

342
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Switching the Heated Windshield On and Off
Touch the button to clear the windshield of thin ice and fog. The heated windshield turns off after a short period of time.

Switching the Heated Rear Window On and Off

E184884

Touch the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog.

Switching the Heated Seats On and Off

Touch the button to cycle through the various heat settings.

Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On and Off
Touch the button.

Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On and Off
Touch the button for maximum cooling.
Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel air vents, air conditioning turns on and the blower motor adjusts to the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off
Touch the button for maximum defrosting.
Air flows through the windshield air vents, and the blower motor adjusts to the highest speed.

You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns on when you select maximum defrost.
Note: Depending on your region, air conditioning turns on.

Switching Recirculated Air On and Off
Touch the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air.

The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior, when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off, or prevent you from switching on, in all air flow modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on and off in various air distribution control combinations during hot weather to improve cooling efficiency.

Switching the Ventilated Seats On and Off

E268558

Touch the button to cycle through the various ventilated seat settings.

Accessing Rear Climate Controls

E270447

Touch the button to access additional controls for the rear climate system.

343

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Rear Climate Control Lock Indicator
Touch the button. E265289 When on, you can only operate
the rear passenger settings through the front controls.

Switching Rear Auto Mode On and Off
Touch the button to switch on rear automatic operation, then set the temperature.

Switching the Rear Climate Controlled Seats On and Off

E265282

Touch the button to cycle through the various climate controlled seat settings.

Switching the Rear Heated Seats On and Off
Touch the button to cycle through the various heat settings.

Switching the Rear Ventilated Seats On and Off

E268558

Touch the button to cycle through the various ventilated seat settings.

PHONE

recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Check the compatibility of your device on the local Ford website.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Time
Go to the settings menu on your device and switch Bluetooth® on.
Make sure your cell phone is discoverable. See your cell phone's user manual.
Select the phone option on the feature bar.
1. Select Pair phone. Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your vehicle on your cell phone.
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone and on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the number on your cell phone matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you have successfully paired your cell phone.
4. Download the phonebook from your cell phone when you are prompted.
Note: If you pair more than one cell phone, use the phone settings to specify the primary phone. You can change this setting at any time.
Using Your Cell Phone
Recent Call list
Display and select an entry from a list of previous calls.

344

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Contacts Display a smart search form to look up your contacts. Use the List button to alphabetically sort your contacts.
Your phone Change ring tones, alerts or pair another cell phone.
Change device Display the list of paired or connected devices that you can select.
Do not disturb Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones and alerts off.
Phone Keypad Directly dial a number.
Text messages Display the cell phone messages.
Siri Connect to Siri on your iOS device.
Using Text Messaging

Phone Voice Assistant
Connect to the phone voice service on your Android device.
Text Messaging
Setting Text Message Notification
iOS
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell phone.
2. Select Bluetooth®. 3. Select the information icon to the right
of your vehicle. 4. Switch text message notification on.
Android
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell phone.
2. Select Bluetooth®. 3. Select the profiles option. 4. Select the phone profile. 5. Switch text message notification on.

Menu Item Hear it View Call Reply

Description Hear the text message. View the text message. Call the sender. Reply to the text message with a standard text message.

Apple CarPlay
1. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.

Note: Certain features of the system are not available when you are using Apple CarPlay.
Switching Apple CarPlay Off
1. Select Settings. 2. Select Apple CarPlay preferences.

345

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

3. Switch Apple CarPlay off.
Android Auto
1. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen. Note: You might need to enable Android Auto from the settings menu. Note: Certain features of the system are not available when you are using Android Auto.
Switching Android Auto Off
1. Select Settings. 2. Select Android Auto. 3. Switch Android Auto off.
NAVIGATION
Note: For more information, refer to the local Ford website.
Select the navigation option on the feature bar.

E297557
A B

Map view menu. Zoom out.

C Zoom in. D Route guidance menu. E Destination entry menu. Setting a Destination Setting a Destination Using the Text Entry Screen
E297558
A Text entry field. B Automatic suggestions based on
the text you enter. C Information icon. D Search. E Keyboard settings. Note: Select one of the suggestions to copy the detail to the text entry field. Note: You can enter a destination in a number of formats, city street number, city number street, zip code or point of interest. Note: You do not have to enter the destination country. Note: To enter mutated vowels or accented characters, for example ä or é, press and hold the corresponding character on the keyboard.

346

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Select Search. Select Start to begin route guidance.
Setting a Destination Using the Map Screen

Zoom
Display more or less detail on the map. Note: You can use pinch gestures to zoom in and out. Place two fingers on the screen and move them apart to zoom in. Place two fingers on the screen and bring them together to zoom out.
Route Guidance
A

E297559
A Re-center the map. B Selected location. C 3D map rotation. Swipe left or
right. D Start route guidance. E Destination name.
Select the location on the map. Select Start to begin route guidance.
Changing the Format of the Map
Display the map in one of the following formats: · A two-dimensional map with the
direction you are traveling toward the top of the screen. · A two-dimensional map with north toward the top of the screen. · A three-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the front.

F
E297560
A Turn indicator. Select to hear the last guidance prompt.
B Point of interest.
C Estimated time of arrival, distance to destination or time to destination.
D Current road.
E Mute guidance prompts.
F Cancel route guidance.
Note: To change guidance prompt volume, turn the volume control when a guidance prompt plays.

347

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Route Guidance Menu

Menu Item

Description

Screen view

Adjust your map preferences for when route guidance is active.

Full map

View a full screen map when route guidance is active.

Motorway exit info

View exit information for your current route.

Turn list

View the turn list for your current route. Select a road to avoid it.

Traffic list

View traffic nearby or on your current route.1

Navigation settings

Adjust navigation settings.

Where am I?

View information about your current location.

Cancel route

Cancel route guidance.

Show route

View the entire current route on the map.

Re-route

View an alternative route compared to your current one.

Edit waypoints

Change the order or remove waypoints.

Optimise order

The system determines the order of waypoints for you.

Start

Go to the next screen and start the new route.

Enter a destination address.

Home

Set your saved home address as your destination

Work

Set your saved place of work as your destination.

Favourites

Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.

Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destinations.

POI

Display the point of interest categories.

1 Reliant upon traffic message channel or live traffic.

Adjusting the Guidance Prompt Volume
Turn the volume control when a guidance prompt plays to adjust the volume.

Note: If you have inadvertently adjusted the volume to zero, press the turn indicator button to play the last voice prompt and then adjust the volume to the desired level.

348
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Muting Guidance Prompts
Select the mute option on the screen to mute guidance prompts.
Note: The system mutes the next and all future guidance prompts.

Adding Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation route as a destination along your route. You can add up to five waypoints.
1. Select the search option on the map. 2. Set a destination. 3. Select the flag icon. 4. Select Start.

Canceling Route Guidance

Canceling Route Guidance From the Route Guidance Menu
Select the route guidance menu option on the active guidance screen.

Select Cancel route.

Canceling Route Guidance From the Main Map

E309522

Select the icon in the upper right-hand corner of the main map to cancel route guidance.

Live Traffic (If Equipped)
Live traffic provides near real-time traffic information to help you plan the fastest route to your destination. You must have an active subscription for Live Traffic.

E309627

A Traffic congestion. B Road closure. C Live traffic active. D Urgent warning. E Traffic incident.

Switching Live Traffic On
Note: Make sure that the modem is enabled. See Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network (page 322).
1. Select Settings. 2. Select FordPass Connect. 3. Select Connectivity settings. 4. Switch Vehicle connectivity on. 5. Switch Location on. 6. Switch Vehicle data & Remote ctrl on. 7. Switch Live Traffic on.
Navigation Map Updates
Please check the local Ford website or contact your dealership for navigation map updates.

349
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

HERE is the digital map provider for the navigation application. If you find map data errors, you can report them directly to HERE by visiting www.here.com. HERE evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e-mail.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE INFORMATION
Power Flow
The Power Flow information for your plug-in hybrid vehicle is E304437 available through the Home screen or under Apps.
Vehicle Operational States
Power flows to or from the front and rear wheels depending on the operational state and the drive conditions.
· Idling: The vehicle is running and in park (P). The engine or the high voltage battery is on.
· Electric Driving: The vehicle is running and in drive (D) or neutral (N). The high voltage battery provides power to the wheels.
· Hybrid Driving: The vehicle is running and in drive (D) or neutral (N). The engine and the high voltage battery provide power to the wheels.
· Regenerative Braking: The vehicle is running in drive (D) and is slowing down. Power captured by the regenerative braking system is sent back to the high voltage battery.
· Charging: The vehicle is plugged in and the high voltage battery is being charged.

Engine On Due To
The following conditions help to explain why the engine is on, and what you can do to allow all electric operation.
· Drive Power: The engine is on due to accelerator pedal pressure or speed control activation. Reduce pressure on the accelerator pedal or switch off the speed control to return to full electric mode.
· High Speed: The engine is on because the vehicle speed exceeds the level for full electric operation. Reduce the speed to return to electric operation.
· Heater Setting: The engine is on because of the heater setting. Reduce or turn off the heater setting to return to electric operation.
· Neutral Gear: The engine is on because the vehicle is in neutral (N). Shift out of neutral gear to return to electric operation.
· Engine Cold: The engine is on because it is cold. The vehicle returns to electric operation once the engine is sufficiently warm.
· Battery Charging: The engine is on to charge the high voltage battery. The vehicle returns to electric operation once the battery is charged.
· Low Gear: The engine is on because the vehicle is in low gear. Shift out of low gear to return to electric operation.
· Normal Operation: The engine is on to optimize vehicle operation. The vehicle returns to electric operation when possible.
· Low Use: The engine is on to maintain engine oil quality. The vehicle returns to electric operation when low engine use mode is complete. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 143).

350
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

· Engine Braking Active: The engine is on to provide increased powertrain braking. This can occur when you turn on grade assist, when speed control is on or when driving with your foot off the accelerator pedal. Turning off grade assist or speed control may allow the vehicle to return to electric operation.
· Battery Temperature: The engine is on due to high or low high voltage battery temperature. This is a normal operating condition. The vehicle returns to electric operation when possible.
· Drive Mode: The engine is on due to the drive mode selection. Select an appropriate drive mode for electric only operation.
Charge Settings
The Charge Settings information for your plug-in hybrid vehicle is E304452 available through the Home screen or under Vehicle Settings. To Improve your charging experience, your vehicle has the following convenience features.

Charge Times
Once you set up Charge Times for a specific charging location, your vehicle prioritizes charging based on your preferred time settings. You can set two preferred charging time windows for weekdays and two for weekends. This feature allows you to take advantage of electric utility rate plans that offer lower pricing during certain times of day. Contact your utility company to see what plans are available.
Note: You can also set up and use these features using the FordPass app.
Departure Times
Setting Departure Times allows you to control charging schedules and have the vehicle cabin heated or cooled while plugged in, so your vehicle is ready to drive when you are. By setting a departure time your vehicle can use your charge time settings to minimize your electricity costs but still prioritize finishing charging before your scheduled departure. A calendar view allows you to program two departure times per day for each day of the week.
Note: You can also set up and use these features using the FordPass app.
Charging Status
Displays the present state of the charging system. See Charging the High Voltage Battery (page 154).

351
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Charging Status Will charge when plugged in. Will wait for preferred charge time.
Waiting for preferred charge time.
Charging. Charged. Vehicle charge fault.
Charge station fault.
Charge station not detected. Incompatible charge station.
Charge station paused.

Description and Action
Your vehicle is unplugged and starts charging when plugged in.
Your vehicle is unplugged at a saved location with Charge Times enabled. Charging is scheduled to start at the time displayed based on your charge time settings. You must plug in prior to the start time shown
for the vehicle to begin charging at that time.
Your vehicle is plugged in at a saved location with Charge Times enabled. Charging starts at the time displayed, which is based
on your Charge Times settings.
Your vehicle is plugged in and using power to charge the high voltage battery or run
electrical systems.
Your vehicle is finished charging.
Your vehicle is plugged in and there is a fault within the vehicle charging system. Unplug and plug back in. If the fault is still
present, contact your dealer.
Your vehicle is plugged in and a fault is detected with the charge station or charging cord. Check the charging cord and the
charge station or electrical supply.
A charging coupler is plugged into the vehicle, but there is no connection with a
charging power source.
Your vehicle is plugged in but cannot communicate with the charging station.
Contact the station provider.
Your vehicle is plugged in and charging is paused at the charge station.

352
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Charging Time Information
Displays estimates of how long your vehicle will take to fully charge when plugged into a high or low power charger.
· High power estimate: The minimum time to a 100% charge using a high power charger.
· Low power estimate: The longest time to a 100% charge using a low power charger.
When charging, the start and estimated end time are displayed. When your vehicle is not plugged in and at a location with Charge Times enabled, the start and end times display based on known charging power.
Note: Charging durations and end times are only estimates. Certain conditions may result in longer charging times. See Charging the High Voltage Battery (page 154).

High Voltage Battery State of Charge
Displays the remaining charge percentage with 100% representing the total amount of energy you can get from an external charge.

Plug and Charging Status
Displays the plug and charging status icons.
Not plugged in.

E304458 E304459 E304460 E304461

Plugged in and not currently charging.
Plugged in and charging.
Plugged in and waiting to charge based on charge time settings.

Charge Preferences
Touch the button to access Charge Time and Departure Time settings. Once set up, more information and settings are displayed on the charge settings screen.
Charge Times On and Off Switch
This switch is visible when your vehicle is at a saved Charge Times location. Use the switch to turn your charge time settings on and off for this location.
Charge Times Location Name and Charging Time Information
The location name displays when your vehicle is at a saved Charge Times location. The charging start time is displayed along with the charging end time and associated charge level.
Departure Times On and Off Switch
This switch is visible when you have at least one departure time set. Use this switch to turn all departure times on and off. Switching departure times off does not delete your settings.
Next Departure Times and Cabin Temperature
Displays the next departure time and associated cabin temperature setting.
Charge Time Settings
Follow these steps to set a preferred charge time for a charging location.
1. Select Charge Preferences on the Charge Settings screen.
2. Select Charge Time Setup on the Edit Charge Preferences screen.
3. Select Add New Location on the Charge Times screen. You can also edit settings for previously saved locations from this screen.

353

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

4. Select an address from the Recent Charge Locations screen.
5. On the Confirm Location for Charge Times screen, you can edit the location name and set a max charge level as desired. Once you have your desired location name and max charge level, select Continue to Schedule.
Note: Charging will stop when your vehicle reaches the max charge level.
6. Select WEEKDAY or WEEKEND on the Preferred Charge Times screen.
7. On the Select preferred WEEKDAY or WEEKEND Charge Times screen, use the circular 24 hour clock to select your charging time windows. You can select up to two time windows by pressing and dragging across the hour buttons. When you have selected your preferred times then press Next to return to the Preferred Charge Times screen. Repeat for WEEKEND or WEEKDAY as desired. Once you are done setting preferred charge times, press Save.
Note: Selecting all or none of the 24 hours results in any time of day given equal priority for charging.
8. Your saved location now shows on the Charge Times screen. Select Done to return to the main charge settings screen. Whenever your vehicle is at a saved charging location the charge settings screen displays the location name, and the charging times are based on your Charge Time settings for that location plus the next Departure Time.
Note: Reaching your max charge level by your next Departure Time is always the priority. When Charge Times are set, charging outside your preferred charging time windows could be necessary in order to finish by your next Departure Time.

Departure Time Settings
1. Select Charge Preferences on the Charge Settings screen.
2. Select Departure Time Setup on the Edit Charge Preferences screen.
3. Two time settings show for each day of the week on the Departure Times schedule screen. Select any one.
4. On the Departure Time settings screen, set your desired departure time, cabin temperature and days of the week to repeat. Press Save.
5. Your settings are now shown on the Departure Times schedule screen. Press Back two times to return to the main charge settings screen. The next departure time and cabin temperature setting display.
Note: Cabin conditioning can perform differently depending on if you plug in with the included convenience cord or a higher power charging station. The power available for conditioning is limited to the charging station power available.
Note: Your vehicle may not always reach the set cabin temperature due to charging and ambient temperature conditions. This is normal operation.
APPS
Note: For more information about available apps, supported devices and troubleshooting, refer to our local website.
When you start an app through the system for the first time, you could be asked to grant certain permissions. You can review and change the permissions that you have granted at any time when your vehicle is not moving. See Settings (page 356).

354
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Note: We recommend that you check your data plan before using your apps through the system. Using them could result in additional charges.
Note: We recommend that you check the app provider's terms and conditions and privacy policy before using their app.
Note: Make sure that you have an active account for apps that you want to use through the system.
Note: Some apps will work with no setup. Others require you to configure some personal settings before you can use them.
Using Apps on an iOS Device
Select the apps option on the feature bar.
1. If your device is connected via USB, switch Apple CarPlay off. See Phone (page 344).
2. Connect your device to a USB port or pair and connect using Bluetooth.
3. If prompted to enable CarPlay, select Disable.
4. Start the apps on your device that you want to use through SYNC.
Note: If you close the apps on your device, you will not be able to use them through the system.
5. Select the app that you want to use on the touchscreen.
Note: Connect your device to a USB port if you want to use a navigation app. When using a navigation app, keep your device unlocked and the app open.
Using Apps on an Android Device
Select the apps option on the feature bar.

1. If your device is connected via USB, switch Android Auto off. See Phone (page 344).
2. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
3. Pair your device. See Phone (page 344).
4. Start the apps on your device that you want to use through SYNC.
Note: If you close the apps on your device, you will not be able to use them through the system.
5. Select Find mobile apps.
Note: The system searches and connects to compatible apps that are running on your device.
6. Select the app that you want to use on the touchscreen.
Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the USB port to establish a connection with SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to play music over USB when Mobile Apps are enabled.
Using Mobile Navigation on an Android Device
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Switch Android Auto off. See Phone (page 344).
3. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
4. Select the apps option on the feature bar.
5. Select the navigation app that you want to use on the touchscreen.
Note: When using a navigation app, keep your device unlocked and the app open.
Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the USB port to establish a connection with SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to play music over USB when Mobile Apps are enabled.

355
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

SETTINGS

E280315

Select the settings option on the feature bar.

Select a tile to access the settings.

E268570

Select the option to display extra information.

Ambient Lighting

You can adjust the ambient lighting settings.

Android Auto

You can switch Android Auto on and off.

Apple CarPlay

You can switch Apple CarPlay on and off.

Audio

You can adjust the audio settings.

Automatic Updates

You can switch automatic updates on and off and adjust the settings.

Bluetooth®

You can switch Bluetooth on and off and pair your cell phone.

Clock

You can adjust the clock settings.

Display

You can adjust display settings like brightness and auto dim.

Emergency Assistance (If Equipped)

You can switch Emergency Assistance on and off.

FordPass You can adjust the FordPass settings.
General You can adjust settings like language, measurement units, or reset the system.
Mobile Apps You can adjust permissions, enable, disable, and update mobile apps.
Navigation (If Equipped)
You can adjust navigation settings like map preferences and route guidance.
Phone You can connect and disconnect your device, or manage the connected device settings.
Seats (If Equipped)
You can adjust the position and the massage function of the seats.
Sound You can adjust the sound settings.
Valet Mode (If Equipped)
You can enable and disable the valet mode.
Vehicle (If Equipped)
You can adjust the camera settings.
Voice Control You can adjust the voice control settings.
Wi-Fi You can switch Wi-Fi on and off and adjust the settings.

356
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

SYNCTM 3 TROUBLESHOOTING Voice Recognition

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

The system does not under- stand what I am saying.

You are using the wrong voice commands. · See Using Voice Recognition (page 333). · For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the
local Ford website. You are speaking too soon. · Wait for the voice prompt before you speak.

The system does not under- stand the name of a track or artist.

Bluetooth® does not support voice commands.
· Connect your device to a USB port.
· If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to play specific tracks.
You are using the wrong voice commands.
· See Using Voice Recognition (page 333).
· For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the local Ford website.
You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on your device.
· Say the name of the track or artist exactly as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations in the name.
The song or artist name may have some special characters that are not being recognized by the system.
The name contains special characters, for example *, - or +.
· Rename the files on your device or use the touchscreen to select and play the track.

357
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

The system does not under- stand the name of a contact in the phonebook on my device and calls the wrong contact.

You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on your device.
· Say the first and last name of the contact exactly as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations in the name.
The name contains special characters, for example *, - or +.
· Rename the contact on your device or use the touchscreen to select and call the contact.

The system does not under- stand foreign names of contacts in the phonebook on my device.

You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on your device.
· Say the first and last name of the contact exactly as it appears on your device. The system applies phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected language to the names of contacts in the phonebook on your device. Select the name of the contact on the touchscreen and use the Hear it option to get an idea of how the system expects you to pronounce it.

The system voice prompts and the pronunciation of some words does not seem to be very accurate.

Device limitation.
· The system uses text-to-speech technology and uses a synthetically generated voice rather than pre-recorded human voice.

USB and Bluetooth® Audio

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot connect my device.

Device malfunction.
· Disconnect your device. Switch your device off, reset it and try again.
Cable connection issue.
· Correctly connect the cable to your device and the vehicle USB port.
Incompatible cable.
· Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer of your device.

358
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution
Incorrect device settings. · Make sure that your device does not have an autoinstall program or active security settings. · Check that your device is not set only to charge.
Device lock screen enabled. · Unlock your device before connecting it.

The system does not recog- Device limitation.

nize my device.

· Do not leave your device in your vehicle during very

hot or very cold weather conditions.

The system does not under- stand the name of a track or artist.

I cannot stream audio from Incompatible device.

my Bluetooth® device.

· Check the compatibility of your device on the local

Ford website.

Device not connected.

· Pair your device. See Phone (page 344).

Media player not running.

· Start the media player on your device.

The system does not recog- nize the music on my device.

Missing or incorrect audio file metadata, for example artist, song title, album or genre.
· Repair the files on your device.
Corrupt files.
· Repair the files on your device.
Copyright protected files.
· Use a device that contains files that are not copyright protected.
Unsupported file format.
· Repair or convert the files to a supported format. See Entertainment (page 339).

359
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution
Device indexing required. · Re-index your device. See Settings (page 356).
Device lock screen enabled. · Unlock your device before connecting it.

Sometimes I cannot hear a Device malfunction.

track playing on my device.

· Disconnect your device. Switch your device off,

reset it and try again.

When I disconnect my iOS Device limitation.

device the audio volume is set to maximum.

· Turn the volume down on your device

The system does not play the tracks on my USB drive in the correct order.

If the system does not play the tracks on your USB device in the correct order, the following information could help:
If you are selecting USB as the audio source when the system is still indexing, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically by file name in the root directory.
If you are selecting USB as the audio source after the system has finished indexing, SYNC plays all tracks sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the title in the ID3 Tag does not exist.
If you are selecting the option to play all tracks from the browsing menu, SYNC plays all tracks sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the title in the ID3 Tag does not exist.
If you are selecting a track when using the explore device option, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically by file name in the folder you have selected. SYNC then plays all tracks in any subfolders in the folder you have selected.

360
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Phone

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

During a call, I can hear

Incorrect cell phone settings.

excessive background noise.

· Check and adjust the audio settings on your cell

phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.

During a call, I can hear the Cell phone malfunction.

other person but they cannot hear me.

· Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again. Cell phone microphone muted.

· Unmute your cell phone microphone.

During a call, I cannot hear the other person and they cannot hear me.

System restart required.
· Restart the system. Switch the ignition off and open the door. Close the door and lock the vehicle. Wait until the touchscreen is off and any illuminated USB ports are not illuminated. Unlock the vehicle, switch the ignition on and try again.

I cannot download phonebook.

Incompatible cell phone.
· Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website.
Incorrect cell phone settings.
· Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
Incorrect system settings.
· Switch automatic phonebook download on. See Settings (page 356).
Cell phone malfunction.
· Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.

A message displays

suggesting that my phone-

book has downloaded but it

is empty or it has missing

contacts.

Incorrect cell phone settings.
· Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
· Check the location of the missing contacts on your cell phone. If they are stored on the SIM card, move them to the cell phone memory.
Incorrect system settings.
· Switch automatic phonebook download on. See Settings (page 356).

361
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Symptom
I cannot connect my cell phone.

Possible Cause and Resolution
Incompatible cell phone. · Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website.
Cell phone malfunction. · Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again. · Install the latest cell phone firmware. · Delete your device from system and delete SYNC from your device and try again. · Switch automatic phonebook download off. See Settings (page 356).

Text messaging does not work.

Incompatible cell phone. · Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website.
Cell phone malfunction. · Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.

I cannot hear text messages. Incompatible cell phone.
· Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website.

Navigation (If Equipped)

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot enter a street name Incorrect entry method.

when I am abroad.

· Enter the street name with the country.

The system does not recog- nize coordinates.

You are using the wrong coordinates format.
· Use the format ##. #####, ##. ##### (for N/S , E/W). Add a minus before coordinates if the direction is West and keep a positive value if the direction is East, for example 12.5412 means East and -12.5412 means West.

362
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Apps

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

The system cannot find any apps.

Incompatible device.
· You need an Android device with OS 4.3 or higher or an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher. Pair and connect your Android device to find AppLink compatible apps. Connect your Android or iOS device to a USB port or pair and connect using Bluetooth®.

I have a compatible device

and it is correctly connected

but the system still cannot find any apps.

AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device.
· Download and install the latest version of the app.
AppLink compatible apps not running on your device.
· Start the apps to allow the system to find them and make sure you sign in to any apps if required.
Incorrect app settings.
· Check and adjust the app settings on your device and allow SYNC to access the app if required.

I have a compatible device, it is correctly connected and my apps are running but the system still cannot find any apps.

Apps failed to fully close.
· Restart the apps and try again.
· If you have an Android device with apps that have an exit or quit option, use this and then restart the apps. Alternatively, use the force stop option in the settings menu on your device.
· If you have an iOS device with iOS 7.0 or higher, tap the home button on your device twice and then swipe the app upward to close it.

I have an Android device that is correctly connected, I have restarted my apps and they are running but the system still cannot find them.

An issue on some older versions of the Android operating system could result in apps not being found.
· Switch Bluetooth® off and on again to force the system to reconnect to your device.

363
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I have an iOS device that is correctly connected, I have restarted my apps and they are running but the system still cannot find them.

Cable connection issue.
· Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a moment and then connect it again to force the system to reconnect to your device.

I have an Android device Device volume is low.

running a media app which the system has found but I

· Turn the volume up on your device.

cannot hear the sound or

the sound is very quiet.

I have an Android device running a number of compatible apps but the system cannot find all of them.

Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited number of Bluetooth® ports that apps can use to connect. If you have more apps running on your device than the number of available Bluetooth® ports, the system cannot find all of them.
· Close some of the apps to allow the system to find those that you want to use.

364
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Wi-Fi Connectivity

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi Password error.

network.

· Enter the correct network password.

Weak network signal.

· Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.

Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.

· Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the default name unless it contains a unique identifier, for example as part of the MAC address.

The Wi-Fi connection

Weak network signal.

disconnects after successful connection.

· Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.

I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot but the network signal strength is weak.

365
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

SYNCTM 3

Symptom

Possible Cause and Resolution

I cannot see a network in the Hidden network.

list of available networks that I expect to see.

· Make the network visible and try again.

Software downloads take too long.

Weak network signal
· Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet connection.
· Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.

The system seems to

No software update available.

connect to a Wi-Fi network Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance

and the signal strength is

of terms and conditions.

excellent but the software does not update.

· Test the connection using another device. If the network requires a subscription or acceptance of

terms and conditions, contact the network service

provider.

Resetting the System
1. Simultaneously press and hold the seek up and the audio unit power buttons until the screen goes black.
2. Wait three minutes to allow the system to complete the reset.
3. Press the audio unit power button to switch the system on.
Note: You can reset the system to restore functionality that has stopped working. The system reset is designed to restore functionality and not delete any data that you have stored.
Additional Information and Assistance
For additional information and assistance, we recommend that you contact an authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford website.

366
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and brake pipes.
WARNING: Keep antenna and power cables at least 10 cm (4 in) from any electronic modules and airbags.
Car/SUV

Note: We test and certify your vehicle to meet electromagnetic compatibility legislation. It is your responsibility to make sure that any equipment an authorized dealer installs on your vehicle complies with applicable local legislation and other requirements. Installation of some aftermarket electronic devices could degrade the performance of vehicle functions, which use radio frequency signals such as broadcast radio receiver, tire pressure monitoring system, push button start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite navigation.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular telephones and amateur radio transmitters) must keep to the parameters in the following illustrations and table. We do not provide any other special provisions or conditions for installations or use.

E239120
367
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
368
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

Frequency Band MHz 1-30
50-54 68-88 142-176 380-512 806-870

Maximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS) 50 50 50 50 50 10

Antenna Positions
1 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3

369
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

ECALL USER INFORMATION eCall User Information According to Regulation (EU) 2017/78, Annex I, Part 3
1 DESCRIPTION OF THE ECALL IN-VEHICLE SYSTEM

1.1.

Overview of the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, its operation and functional-

ities: See What Is eCall (page 40).

1.2. The 112-based eCall service is a public service of general interest and is accessible free of charge.

1.3. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically by means of in-vehicle sensors in the event of a severe accident. It will also be triggered automatically when the vehicle is equipped with a TPS system which does not function in the event of a severe accident.

1.4. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be triggered manually, if needed. Instructions for manual activation of the system: See Manually Making an Emergency Call (page 40).

1.5. In the event of a critical system failure that would disable the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, the following warning will be given to the occupants of the vehicle: See Emergency Call Indicators (page 41).

2 INFORMATION ON DATA PROCESSING

2.1.
2.2. 2.3. 2.3.1.

Any processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system shall comply with the personal data protection rules provided for in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, shall be based on the necessity to protect the vital interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/ EC (3).
Processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emergency eCall to the single European emergency number 112.
Types of data and its recipients.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data:
Vehicle Identification Number.
Vehicle type (passenger vehicle or light commercial vehicle).
Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen).
Vehicle last three locations and direction of travel.

370

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

Log file of the automatic activation of the system and its timestamp. Any additional data (if applicable): -

2.3.2.

Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public safety answering points designated by the respective public authorities of the country on which territory they are located, to first receive and handle eCalls to the single European emergency number 112. Additional information (if available): -

2.4. Arrangements for data processing.

2.4.1.

The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that the data contained in the system memory is not available outside the system before an eCall is triggered. Additional remarks (if any): -

2.4.2.

The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that it is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal operation status. Additional remarks (if any): -

2.4.3. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that data in the system internal memory is automatically and continuously removed.

2.4.3.1. The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the system so as always to keep maximum of the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of the system.

2.4.3.2. The log of activity data in the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is kept for no longer than necessary for attaining the purpose of handling the emergency eCall and in any case not beyond 13 hours from the moment an emergency eCall was initiated. Additional remarks (if any): -

2.5. Modalities for exercising data subject's rights.

2.5.1.

The data subject (the vehicle's owner) has a right of access to data and as appropriate to request the rectification, erasure or blocking of data, concerning him or her, the processing of which does not comply with the provisions of Directive 95/46/EC. Any third parties to whom the data have been disclosed have to be notified of such rectification, erasure or blocking carried out in compliance with this Directive, unless it proves impossible or involves a disproportionate effort.

2.5.2. The data subject has a right to complain to the competent data protection authority if he or she considers that his or her rights have been infringed as a result of the processing of his or her personal data.

371
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

2.5.3. (1) (2)
(3)

Contact service responsible for handling access requests (if any): Contact the data protection officer of your local Public Safety Answering Point.
Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (OJ L 281, 23.11.1995, p. 31).
Directive 2002/58/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July 2002 concerning the processing of personal data and the protection of privacy in the electronic communications sector (Directive on privacy and electronic communications) (OJ L 201, 31.7.2002, p. 37).
Directive 95/46/EC is repealed by Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1). The Regulation applies from 25 May 2018.

3 INFORMATION ON THIRD PARTY SERVICES AND OTHER ADDED VALUE SERVICES (IF FITTED)

3.1.
3.2. 3.2.1. 3.3.

Description of the operation and the functionalities of the TPS system/added value service: Your vehicle may be equipped with a modem that allows for emergency calls (eCall), automatic software updates and other services. See the information in this Owner's Manual or in the FordPass app for a description of these services. We provide a 112-based eCall in-vehicle system and we do not provide a TPS eCall system.
Any processing of personal data through the TPS system/other added value service shall comply with the personal data protection rules provided for in Directives 95/46/EC and 2002/58/EC.
Legal basis for the use of TPS system and/or added value services and for processing data through them: For information on the legal bases for processing of personal data through added value services, review the data privacy information for any services to which you subscribe. This privacy information can be found in the FordPass app or on the local Ford website.
The TPS system and/or other added value services shall process personal data only on the base of the explicit consent of the data subject (the vehicle's owner or owners).

372
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

3.4. 3.5. 3.5.1.

Modalities for data processing through TPS system and/or other added value services, including any necessary additional information regarding traceability, tracking and processing of personal data: See the privacy information in the FordPass app or on the local Ford website.
The owner of a vehicle equipped with a TPS eCall system and/or other added value service in addition to the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system has the right to choose to use the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system rather than the TPS eCall system and the other added value service.
Contact details for handling TPS eCall system deactivation requests: You can have all added value services deactivated except for eCall. To find out more about having all added value services deactivated except for eCall, search Ask Ford on the local Ford website or contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center by e-mail through the FordPass app or by using the e-mail address on the local Ford website.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) (If
Equipped)
· You ("You" or "Your" as applicable) have acquired a vehicle having several devices, including SYNC ® and various control modules, ("DEVICES") that include software licensed or owned by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those software products of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
· The SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY.

IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license:
· You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICES and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and Limitations
· Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR

373

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system.
· Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, translate, disassemble or attempt to discover any source code or underlying ideas or algorithms of the SOFTWARE nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE.
· Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE.
· Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICES and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.

· SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICES, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
· Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA.
· Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICES.
· Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE ("Supplemental Components".) SOFTWARE updates may cause you to incur additional

374

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

charges from your wireless service provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE.
· Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites. The third party sites are not under the control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its designated agent are responsible for (I) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent.
· Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICES operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and you agree to assume any risk associated with the use of the DEVICES.

UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content outside its intended use. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation.

375

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Ford Motor Company is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICES product support, such as the vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS

LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety Information Read and follow instructions:
· Before using your SYNC® system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("Owner Guide".) Not following precautions found in the Owner Guide can lead to an accident or other serious injuries.
General Operation
· Voice Command Control: Certain functions within the SYNC® system may be accomplished using voice commands. Using voice commands while driving helps you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel or eyes from the road.
· Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention.
· Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident.

376
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

· Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully.
· Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations.
· Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
· Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions.

· Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes.
· Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features.

377
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of Risk
· You agree to each of the following:(a) Any use of the SOFTWARE while driving an automobile or other vehicle in violation of applicable law or otherwise driving in an unsafe manner presents a significant risk of distracted driving and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(b) Use of the SOFTWARE at excessive volume poses a significant risk of hearing damage and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(c) The SOFTWARE may not be compatible with new or different versions of an operating system, third party software, or third party services, and the SOFTWARE may potentially cause a critical failure of an operating system, third party software, or third party service.(d) Any third party service accessed by or third party software used with the SOFTWARE (I) may charge an additional fee for access, (ii) may not work correctly, on an uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii) may change streaming formats or discontinue operation, (iv) may contain adult, profane or offensive content; and (v) may contain inaccurate, false or misleading traffic, weather, financial or safety information or other content; and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider (WSP) and any data or minute calculators that may be included in the software program are for reference only, are not warranted in any way and should not be relied upon in anyway.
· When using the SOFTWARE, you agree to be responsible for and assume the entire risk to the items set forth in Section (a) (e) above.

Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE", WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c) THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d) OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL

378

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
· The laws of the State of Michigan govern this EULA and Your use of the SOFTWARE. Your use of the SOFTWARE may also be subject to other local, state, national, or international laws. Any litigation arising out of or related to this EULA shall be brought and maintained exclusively in a court of the State of Michigan located in Wayne County or in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby consent to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a court in the State of Michigan located in Wayne County and the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan for any dispute arising out of or relating to this EULA.

Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S LICENSORS' INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Dispute means any dispute, action, or other controversy between You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, other than the exceptions listed above, concerning the SOFTWARE (including its price) or this EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY must give the other a "Notice of Dispute", which is a written statement of the name, address, and contact information of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute, and the relief requested. You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to resolve any dispute through informal negotiation within 60 days from the date the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also litigate any dispute in small claims court in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S principal place of business, if the dispute meets all requirements to be heard in the small claims court. You may litigate in small claims court whether or not You negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any dispute by informal negotiation or in small claims court, any other effort to resolve the dispute will be conducted exclusively by binding arbitration. You are giving up

379

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

the right to litigate (or participate in as a party or class member) all disputes in court before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator, whose decision will be final except for a limited right of appeal under the Federal Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce the arbitrator's award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings to resolve or litigate any dispute in any forum will be conducted solely on an individual basis. Neither you nor FORD MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any dispute heard as a class action, as a private attorney general action, or in any other proceeding in which any party acts or proposes to act in a representative capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will be combined with another without the prior written consent of all parties to all affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any arbitration will be conducted by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA"), under its Commercial Arbitration Rules. If You are an individual and use the SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or less whether or not You are an individual or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA Supplementary Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes will also apply. To commence arbitration, submit a Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for Arbitration form to the AAA. You may request a telephonic or in-person hearing by following the AAA rules. In a dispute involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds good cause to hold an in-person hearing instead. For more information, see adr.org or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to commence arbitration only in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S principal place of business. The arbitrator

may award the same damages to You individually as a court could. The arbitrator may award declaratory or injunctive relief only to You individually, and only to the extent required to satisfy Your individual claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
· I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less. FORD MOTOR COMPANY will promptly reimburse your filing fees and pay the AAA's and arbitrator's fees and expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S last written settlement offer made before the arbitrator was appointed ("last written offer"), your dispute goes all the way to an arbitrator's decision (called an "award"), and the arbitrator awards you more than the last written offer, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you three incentives: (1) pay the greater of the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your reasonable attorney's fees, if any; and (3) reimburse any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator will determine the amounts.
· ii. Disputes involving more than $75,000. The AAA rules will govern payment of filing fees and the AAA's and arbitrator's fees and expenses.
· iii. Disputes involving any amount. In any arbitration you commence, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA or arbitrator's fees and expenses, or Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous or brought for an improper purpose. In any arbitration FORD MOTOR COMPANY commences, it will pay all

380
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

filing, AAA, and arbitrator's fees and expenses. It will not seek its attorney's fees or expenses from you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses are not counted in determining how much a dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed within one year. To the extent permitted by law, any claim or dispute under this EULA to which this Section applies must be filed within one year in small claims court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section d). The one-year period begins when the claim or dispute first could be filed. If such a claim or dispute is not filed within one year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver (Section e) is found to be illegal or unenforceable as to all or some parts of a dispute, then that portion of Section e will not apply to those parts. Instead, those parts will be severed and proceed in a court of law, with the remaining parts proceeding in arbitration. If any other provision of that portion Section e is found to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be severed with the remainder of Section e remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software. Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the TeleNav Software. TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy.

1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above.

381
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
· Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the TeleNav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
· (a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers' trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d)

distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
· To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software. TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others

382

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas.
· TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE.
· Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
· TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY

REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
· You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial. This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of law provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav and you agree to submit

383

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply.
7. Assignment
· You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to TeleNav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains all right, title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or

conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices") electronically. TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav's Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party's right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

384
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words "include" and "including" and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
· The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this Agreement), and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to Telenav's third party vendor licensors:
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE North America, LLC
The data ("Data") is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and Telenav ("Telenav") and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of Natural Resources Canada.

HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data ("Data") is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd ("NAV2") and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data together with the Telenav Software solely for the internal business and personal purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble, create any derivative works of, or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

385

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

Restrictions. Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you "as is," and you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such

386
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert "Netherlands" where European HERE Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert "The Netherlands" where European HERE Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a "commercial item" as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following "Notice of Use," and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 2014 HERE All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User Terms for any Application containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices:
"HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information."
"©United States Postal Service® 20XX. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4."

387
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors ("Third Party Data"), including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada ("Her Majesty"), Canada Post Corporation ("Canada Post") and the Department of Natural Resources of Canada ("NRCan"):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is licensed on an "as is" basis. The licensors of such data, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of such Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data.

2. Copyright Notice: In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada, Client shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: "This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The Department of Natural Resources Canada. All rights reserved."
3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, Client shall provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by Client) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada ("Her Majesty"), Canada Post Corporation ("Canada Post") and the Department of Natural Resources Canada ("NRCan"). Such data is licensed on an "as is" basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data,

388

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data. End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and their officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall prevail.

II. Mexico. The following provision applies to the Data for Mexico, which includes certain data from the Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía ("INEGI"):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging containing Data for Mexico shall contain the following notice: "Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)"

III. Latin America Territory

A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:

Territory Notice

Argentina

IGN "INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL ARGENTINO"

Ecuador

"INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO MILITAR DEL ECUADOR AUTORIZACION N° IGM2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE ENERO DE 2011" "source: © IGN 2009 - BD TOPO ®"

Guadeloupe, French Guiana and Martinique Mexico

"Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)"

IV. Middle East Territory

389
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

Country Notice

Jordan

"© Royal Jordanian Geographic Centre". The foregoing notice requirement for Jordan Data is a material term of the Agreement. If Client or any of its permitted sublicensees (if any) fail to meet such requirement, HERE shall have the right to terminate Client's license with respect to the Jordan Data.

B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted sublicensees (if any) are restricted from licensing and/or otherwise distributing HERE's database for the country of Jordan ("Jordan Data") for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are restricted from using the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes of the foregoing, "Enterprise Applications" shall mean Geomarketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business asset management applications, call center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet applications or for providing geocoding services.

V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Europe Territory, Client will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End-Users Transactions in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE shall deliver the Data incorporating Traffic Codes to Client only after receiving certification from Client of its having obtained such rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for each Transaction that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User: "Traffic Codes for Belgium are provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Ministèrie de l'Equipement et des Transports."
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making, selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium): (a) such license with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain is conditioned on Client's entering into and complying with a separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey ("OS") to create and sell paper maps, Client's paying to the OS any and all applicable paper map royalties, and Client's complying with the OS copyright notice requirements; (b) such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Territory of Czech Republic

390

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

is conditioned on Client's obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for the Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on Client's obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from using Data for the Territory of France to create paper maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted from using any Data to create, sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar, in terms of data content and specific use of color, symbols and scale, to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies, including without limitation, Landervermessungämter of Germany, Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland, Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey ("OS") may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice (see Section IV(D) below) and paper map requirements (see Section IV(B) above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:
Country(ies) Notice

Austria

Croatia Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Poland, Slovenia and/or Ukraine

France

Germany

"Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zuständigen Behörden entnommen"

Greece

"Copyright Geomatics Ltd."

Hungary

Italy

"La Banca Dati Italiana è stata prodotta usando quale riferimento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodotta e fornita dalla Regione Toscana."

Norway

Portugal "Source: IgeoE Portugal"

391
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

Spain

"Información geográfica propiedad del CNIG"

Sweden

E. Respective Country Distribution. Client acknowledges that HERE has not received approvals to distribute map data for the following countries in such respective countries: Albania, Belarus, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan. HERE may update such list from time to time. The license rights granted to Client under this TL with respect to the Data for such countries are contingent upon Client's compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, any required licenses or approvals to distribute the Application incorporating such Data in such respective countries.

VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided under license from PSMA Australia Limited (www.psma.com.au).

Product incorporates data which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In addition to the foregoing, the End-User Terms for any Application containing RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall contain the following notice: "Product incorporates traffic location codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors."
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS, EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION "UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER" INCLUDES ITS AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL, EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR

392

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE UNDERLYING CARRIER'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER'S] USE ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT GUARANTEE ANY END USER UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER

MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B) MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT, DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY, INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER OR ANY PERSON'S USE THEREOF, INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of Client Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i)

393

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if you fail to comply with these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt, and (b) any support services provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as described in applicable written materials provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2's support engineers will make commercially reasonable efforts to solve any problem issues.

Customer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers' entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2's sole discretion, either (a) return of the price paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of the Data that do not meet NAV2's Limited Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Data has resulted from accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any replacement Data will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by NAV2 are available without proof of purchase from an authorized international source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR

394

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2's OR ITS SUPPLIERS' LIABILITY HEREUNDER EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers and are protected by applicable copyright and other intellectual property law and treaties. The Data are provided solely on the basis of a license to use, not sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NAV2(and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder shall be submitted to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773; 6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459; 6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by GracenoteTM" logo are trademarks of Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA)
This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers

395

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device. This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote. You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide,

including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

396

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management approach of low-power radio wave radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified low-power radiation motor models, companies, firms or users must not alter the frequency, increase the power or change the characteristics and functions of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power radio-frequency motors must not affect aviation safety and interfere with legal telecommunications. Should interference be detected, immediately stop using the device and only resume usage after ensuring that there is no longer any interference. For the legal telecommunication and wireless telecommunication of the telco, the low-power radio frequency motor must be able to tolerate legal limits of interference from telecommunication, industrial, scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or other content or material provided by Intelematics (together, SUNA Products and/or Services), you must accept certain terms and conditions. The following is a brief summary of the terms and conditions that apply to you. To view the full terms and conditions relevant to your use of the SUNA Products and/or Services, please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/
1. Acceptance

397

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices

By using SUNA Products and/or Services, you will be deemed to have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for your personal use. You may not record, or retransmit the content, nor use the content in association with any other traffic information or route guidance service or device not approved by Intelematics. You obtain no right of ownership in any Intellectual Property Rights (including copyright) in the data that is used to provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are intended as an aid to personal motoring and travel planning, and do not provide comprehensive or accurate information on all occasions. On occasions, you may experience additional delay as a result of using SUNA Products and/or Services. You acknowledge that it is not intended, or suitable, for use in applications where time of arrival or driving directions may impact the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or Services are available or installed and active, remain at all times responsible for observing all relevant laws and codes of safe driving. In particular, you agree to only actively operate SUNA Products and/or Services when the Vehicle is at a complete stop and it is safe to do so.

5. Service Continuity and Reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic Channel may occasionally be unavailable for technical reasons or for planned maintenance. We will try to perform maintenance at times when congestion is light. We reserve the right to withdraw SUNA Products and/or Services at any time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or the manufacturer of your device (the "Suppliers")) shall be liable to you or to any third party for any damages either direct, indirect, incidental, consequential or otherwise arising out of the use of or inability to use SUNA Products and/or Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier has been advised of the possibility of such damages. You also acknowledge that the neither Intelematics nor any Supplier guarantees nor make any warranties that relate to the availability, accuracy or completeness of SUNA Products and/or Services, and to the extent which it is lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each Supplier excludes any warranties which might otherwise be implied by any State or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this manual. Constant product development may mean that some information is not entirely up-to-date. The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

398
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Appendices
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Your vehicle could have components that transmit and receive radio waves and are therefore subject to government regulation. These components must accept any interference received, including interference that could cause undesired operation. For certification labels and declarations of conformity, visit www.wirelessconformity.ford.com.
399
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

400
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index

3
360 Degree Camera..................................200
4
4WD See: Four-Wheel Drive.......................................171
A
A/C See: Climate Control...........................................112
About This Manual...........................................7 ABS
See: Brakes.............................................................177 ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes.................................................................178
Accessories See: Replacement Parts Recommendation..............................................9
Acknowledgments............................................7 Active Park Assist.........................................197 Adaptive Cruise Control............................203
Adaptive Cruise Control Troubleshooting.............................................213
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators Vehicles With: Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control.............................................210
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators Vehicles With: Lane Centering..............210
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators Vehicles With: Stop and Go...................210
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations Vehicles With: Lane Centering............204
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations Vehicles With: Stop and Go..................205
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions Vehicles With: Lane Centering.............203
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions Vehicles With: Stop and Go..................203
Adaptive Cruise Control Troubleshooting.........................................213 Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages..........................................................213
Adjusting the Headlamps........................280 Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance........212

Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................62 Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control...........................................112 Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter..............271 Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................60 Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 10.1
Inch Center Display Screen......................72 Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 8 Inch
Center Display Screen................................72 Anti-Theft Alarm...........................................60 Appendices....................................................367 Apps.................................................................354 At a Glance........................................................16 Audible Warnings and Indicators.............88 Audio Control...................................................63 Audio System.................................................327
General Information..........................................327 Audio Unit.......................................................327 Auto Hold.........................................................181 Autolamps........................................................69 Automatic Climate Control........................112 Automatic High Beam Control..................74 Automatic High Beam Control
Indicators........................................................75 Automatic Transmission...........................166 Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................276 Autowipers.......................................................65 Auxiliary Power Points................................133
B
Battery See: Changing the 12V Battery......................278
Blind Spot Information System..............223 BLIS
See: Blind Spot Information System..........223 Body Styling Kits.........................................288 Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........268 Brake Fluid Check.........................................277 Brakes................................................................177
General Information...........................................177 Breaking-In.....................................................248 Bulb Specification Chart..........................320

401

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index

C
Canceling the Set Speed.........................209 Capacities and Specifications.................316 Cargo Nets.......................................................241 Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................284 Catalytic Converter......................................153 Changing a Bulb............................................281 Changing a Fuse..........................................266 Changing a Road Wheel...........................304 Changing the 12V Battery.........................278 Changing the Backup Battery...................42 Changing the Engine Air Filter..................271 Changing the Front Wiper Blades..........281 Changing the Rear Wiper Blades............281 Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Name or Password...................................326 Charging the High Voltage Battery........154 Checking MyKey System Status..............49 Checking the Wiper Blades.....................280 Child Restraint Positioning.........................23 Child Safety.......................................................18 Child Safety Locks..........................................27 Cleaning Leather Seats.............................287 Cleaning the Exterior..................................284 Cleaning the Interior...................................285 Cleaning the Wheels..................................288 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................285 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................49 Climate.............................................................341 Climate Control..............................................112 Cold Weather Precautions.......................248 Collision, Damage or Fire Event.............254 Connected Vehicle......................................322
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network............................................................322 Connected Vehicle Data...............................13 Connected Vehicle Limitations...............322 Connected Vehicle Requirements.........322 Connected Vehicle Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: Modem............................323 Connected Vehicle Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: SYNC 3............................324 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network........................................................322 Connecting FordPass to the Modem..........322

Enabling and Disabling the Modem...........322 What Is the Modem...........................................322 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network - Vehicles With: SYNC 3.......322 Coolant Check See: Engine Coolant Check............................272 Creating a MyKey...........................................48 Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot..........326 Cross Traffic Alert.........................................227 Cruise Control..................................................63 Cup Holders.....................................................137
D
Data Privacy.......................................................11 Daytime Running Lamps.............................70 Declaration of Conformity.......................399 Digital Radio..................................................328 Direction Indicators.........................................71 Dog Guard......................................................243 Doors and Locks.............................................52 Drive Mode Control......................................237
Drive Modes.........................................................238 Drive Modes...................................................238
Deep Snow/Sand..............................................238 Eco...........................................................................238 Normal...................................................................238 Slippery.................................................................238 Sport.......................................................................238 Tow/Haul..............................................................238 Trail..........................................................................239 Driver Airbag.....................................................32 Driver Alert......................................................218 Driving Aids.....................................................216 Driving Economically..................................248 Driving Hints..................................................248 Driving Through Shallow Water.............249 DRL See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................70
E
eCall....................................................................40 eCall Troubleshooting....................................42
eCall Troubleshooting..............................42 eCall Information Messages........................42
eCall User Information..............................370 Electric Parking Brake.................................178

402

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index

Electric Vehicle Information....................350 Electromagnetic Compatibility..............367 Emergency Call Indicators...........................41 Emergency Call Limitations.......................40 Emergency Call Requirements.................40 Emergency Call System Data.....................14 End User License Agreement..................373 Energy Consumption Figures...................164 Engine Coolant Check................................272 Engine Emission Control............................153 Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................60 Engine Oil Check..........................................270 Engine Oil Dipstick......................................270 Entertainment..............................................339 Environment......................................................15 EPB
See: Electric Parking Brake..............................178 Event Data..........................................................12 Exterior Mirrors.................................................77
F
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................28 Flat Tire
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304 Floor Mats......................................................249 Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps........................................70 Fog Lamps - Rear
See: Rear Fog Lamps..........................................70 Four-Wheel Drive...........................................171
Principle of Operation........................................171 Front Fog Lamps............................................70 Front Parking Aid..........................................194 Front Passenger Sensing System............33 Front Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Front Wiper Blades.......281 Fuel and Refueling........................................147 Fuel Consumption Figures - 3.0L, Plug-In
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)............321 Fuel Consumption Figures........................321 Fuel Consumption........................................152 Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................148 Fuel Filter........................................................280 Fuel Quality.....................................................147 Fuel Shutoff....................................................251 Fuses................................................................258

Fuse Specification Chart..........................258
G
Gauges...............................................................82 Gearbox
See: Transmission..............................................166 General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................43 Global Opening................................................77
H
Hazard Flashers.............................................251 Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps....................280 Headlamp Exit Delay....................................69 Headlamp Leveling.......................................70 Headrest
See: Head Restraints..........................................119 Head Restraints.............................................119 Heated Exterior Mirrors................................117 Heated Rear Window...................................117 Heated Seats..................................................129 Heated Steering Wheel...............................64 Heated Windshield.......................................116 Heating
See: Climate Control...........................................112 High Voltage Battery...................................154
General Information..........................................154 Hill Descent Control....................................190 Hill Descent Control Indicator..................191 Hill Start Assist.............................................180 Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate...........................................................114 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................178 Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........268 How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work....................................203 How Does Drive Mode Control
Work...............................................................237 How Does eCall Work..................................40 How Does the Rear Occupant Alert
System Work................................................131 Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions.....................................................146

403

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index

Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................142
I
Information Display Control......................64 Information Displays....................................89
General Information...........................................89 Information Messages.................................94 Installing Child Restraints............................18 Instrument Cluster.........................................82 Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................69 Instrument Panel............................................16 Interior Air Quality.........................................118 Interior Lamps...................................................71 Interior Mirror....................................................78 Introduction.........................................................7
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................251
K
Keyless Starting............................................138 Keys and Remote Controls.........................43
L
Lane Keeping System.................................219 Liftgate...............................................................56 Lighting Control..............................................68 Lighting..............................................................68
General Information...........................................68 Load Carriers
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers.............242 Load Carrying................................................240
General Information.........................................240 Locking and Unlocking.................................52 Luggage Covers.............................................241 Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304
M
Maintenance.................................................268 General Information.........................................268
Manually Making an Emergency Call...................................................................40

Memory Function..........................................124 Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................89 Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors................................76 Mobile Communications
Equipment......................................................10 Mobile Device Data.........................................13 Moonroof..........................................................80 MyKey Troubleshooting...........................50 MyKeyTM.............................................................47
Principle of Operation.........................................47
N
Navigation......................................................346
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset........................271 Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check......................................270 Opening and Closing the Hood..............268 Overhead Console........................................137 Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control.............................................................75 Overriding Reverse Braking Assist.........184 Overriding the Set Speed.........................209
P
Parking Aids....................................................192 Principle of Operation.......................................192
Passenger Airbag............................................33 Passenger Knee Airbag................................36 Passive Anti-Theft System........................60 PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................60 Pedestrian Alert System.............................39 Pedestrian Protection..................................39 Personalized Settings....................................91 Personal Safety SystemTM...........................31 Phone...............................................................344 Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........143 Post-Crash Alert System..........................255 Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................52 Power Liftgate.................................................56

404

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index

Power Seats.....................................................121 Power Windows..............................................76 Pre-Collision Assist.....................................233 Protecting the Environment........................15 Puncture
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304
R
REACH..................................................................9 Rear Fog Lamps..............................................70 Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings.......................................................132 Rear Occupant Alert System
Indicators......................................................132 Rear Occupant Alert System
Limitations.....................................................131 Rear Occupant Alert System
Precautions...................................................131 Rear Occupant Alert System.....................131 Rear Parking Aid............................................192 Rear Passenger Climate Controls............115 Rear Seats.......................................................125 Rear Under Floor Storage.........................240 Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........67 Rear Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Rear Wiper Blades........281 Reduced Engine Performance................248 Refueling..........................................................149 Remote Control..............................................43 Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............288 Replacement Parts
Recommendation.........................................9 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................46 Replacing the Cabin Air Filter...................118 Resuming the Set Speed.........................209 Reverse Braking Assist Indicators..........184 Reverse Braking Assist
Precautions..................................................183 Reverse Braking Assist...............................183
Reverse Braking Assist
Troubleshooting.............................................185 Reverse Braking Assist
Troubleshooting.........................................185 Reverse Braking Assist Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................186

Reverse Braking Assist Information
Messages..........................................................185 Roadside Emergencies...............................251 Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................242 Running-In
See: Breaking-In.................................................248 Running Out of Fuel....................................148
S
Safety CanopyTM............................................36 Safety Precautions.......................................147 Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................29 Seatbelt Reminder........................................30 Seatbelts...........................................................28 Seats..................................................................119 Security.............................................................60 Selecting a Drive Mode - Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................237 Selecting a Drive Mode..............................237 Service Data......................................................12 Settings Data....................................................13 Settings...........................................................356 Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Gap................................................................208 Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed............................................................207 Setting the Hill Descent Speed..............190 Side Airbags.....................................................35 Side Sensing System..................................196 Sitting in the Correct Position...................119 Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains.................................298 Spare Wheel
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304 Speed Limiter.................................................216 Stability Control............................................188
Principle of Operation......................................188 Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle
System...........................................................139 Starting and Stopping the Engine..........138
General Information..........................................138 Steering............................................................232 Steering Wheel...............................................62 Storage Compartments.............................137 Sunroof
See: Moonroof......................................................80 Sun Shades......................................................79

405

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index

Sun Visors.........................................................79 Supplementary Restraints System.........32
Principle of Operation.........................................32 Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On
and Off..........................................................207 Switching Automatic High Beam Control
On and Off......................................................74 Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control.........................................211 Switching Hill Descent Control On and
Off...................................................................190 Switching Intelligent Mode On and
Off....................................................................212 Switching Lane Centering On and
Off.....................................................................211 Switching Rear Occupant Alert System
On and Off.....................................................131 Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and
Off...................................................................184 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 SYNCTM 3.........................................................331
General Information..........................................331 SYNCTM 3 Troubleshooting......................357
T
Technical Specifications See: Capacities and Specifications.............313
Tire Care..........................................................289 Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........300 Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................289 Tow Ball...........................................................245 Towbar Dimensions.....................................314 Towing a Trailer............................................244 Towing Points...............................................256 Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels..........................................................247 Towing.............................................................244 Traction Control............................................187
Principle of Operation.......................................187 Traffic Sign Recognition............................230 Trailer Sway Control...................................245 Transmission..................................................166 Transporting the Vehicle...........................255

U
Under Hood Overview...............................269 Unique Driving Characteristics................142 USB Port.........................................................329 Using Four-Wheel Drive...............................171 Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................50 Using Snow Chains.....................................298 Using Stability Control...............................189 Using Summer Tires...................................297 Using Traction Control................................187 Using Voice Recognition...........................333 Using Winter Tires.......................................298
V
Vehicle Care...................................................284 Vehicle Dimensions......................................313 Vehicle Identification Number.................316 Vehicle Identification Plate.......................315 Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot................................326 Ventilated Seats...........................................130 Ventilation
See: Climate Control...........................................112 VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number.............316 Voice Control...................................................63
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators................84 Washer Fluid Check....................................280 Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................284 See: Wipers and Washers.................................65 What Is a Connected Vehicle..................322 What Is Adaptive Cruise Control With Lane Centering..........................................203 What Is Automatic High Beam Control.............................................................74 What Is Drive Mode Control.....................237 What Is eCall...................................................40 What Is Hill Descent Control...................190 What Is Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control..........................................................203 What Is Reverse Braking Assist...............183 What Is the Cabin Air Filter........................118

406

Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

Index
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System............................................................131
Wheel Nuts See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304
Wheels and Tires.........................................289 General Information.........................................289 Technical Specifications...................................311
Wi Fi See: Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name or Password.......................................326 See: Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network - Vehicles With: SYNC 3...........322 See: Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot.......326 See: Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot............................326
Windows and Mirrors....................................76 Windshield Washers.....................................66 Windshield Wipers........................................65 Winter Tires
See: Using Winter Tires...................................298 Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades.................280 Wipers and Washers.....................................65 Wireless Accessory Charger.....................134
407
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

408
Explorer (CTW) Vehicles Built From: 27-09-2021, CG3914en enGBR, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing

XEP 4.16 build 20090723